Selected quad for the lemma: spirit_n

Word A Word B Word C Word D Occurrence Frequency Band MI MI Band Prominent
spirit_n abstain_v conscience_n great_a 30 3 2.1554 3 false
View all documents for the selected quad

Text snippets containing the quad

ID Title Author Corrected Date of Publication (TCP Date of Publication) STC Words Pages
A46359 The accomplishment of the Scripture prophecies, or, The approaching deliverance of the church proving that the papacy is the antichristian kingdom ... that the present persecution may end in three years and-half, after which the destruction of Antichrist shall begin, which shall be finisht in the beginning of the next age, and then the kingdom of Christ shall come upon earth / written in French by Mr. Peter Jurieu ... ; in two parts ; faithfully Englished from the new French edition, corrected and enlarged by almost a third part, with the explication of the visions of Daniel and the Revelation.; Accomplissement des prophéties. English Jurieu, Pierre, 1637-1713. 1687 (1687) Wing J1196; ESTC R6542 384,320 621

There are 31 snippets containing the selected quad. | View original text

the_o priest_n and_o religious_a person_n may_v well_o be_v call_v a_o doctrine_n of_o devil_n by_o reason_n of_o those_o impurity_n that_o be_v the_o consequence_n of_o it_o but_o as_o for_o abstinence_n from_o meat_n in_o lent_n and_o on_o certain_a day_n one_o can_v deny_v but_o that_o it_o be_v a_o very_a extravagant_a expression_n to_o call_v it_o a_o doctrine_n of_o devil_n it_o must_v be_v observe_v therefore_o that_o apostasy_n from_o the_o faith_n and_o the_o doctrine_n of_o devil_n do_v not_o refer_v to_o the_o forbid_v of_o marriage_n and_o of_o meat_n as_o the_o genus_fw-la refer_v to_o the_o species_n as_o if_o these_o forbidding_n of_o marriage_n and_o of_o meat_n be_v themselves_o doctrine_n of_o devil_n they_o be_v only_o the_o character_n of_o those_o that_o be_v to_o teach_v the_o doctrine_n of_o devil_n that_o be_v to_o say_v that_o they_o shall_v be_v person_n that_o shall_v make_v a_o profession_n of_o great_a austerity_n to_o that_o degree_n that_o they_o shall_v abstain_v from_o marriage_n which_o god_n have_v institute_v and_o from_o meat_n which_o god_n have_v allow_v we_o to_o use_v and_o so_o this_o be_v the_o sense_n of_o the_o word_n paul._n the_o true_a sense_n and_o the_o true_a translation_n of_o this_o text_n of_o st._n paul._n in_o the_o latter_a day_n there_o shall_v happen_v a_o apostasy_n and_o a_o revolt_n from_o the_o faith_n man_n shall_v give_v up_o themselves_o to_o seduce_a spirit_n &_o to_o doctrine_n of_o demon_n which_o doctrine_n shall_v be_v teach_v by_o hypocrite_n liar_n man_n who_o conscience_n be_v sear_v with_o a_o hot_a iron_n and_o who_o make_v a_o great_a show_n of_o their_o austerity_n shall_v abstain_v from_o marriage_n and_o from_o meat_n which_o god_n have_v create_v impose_v a_o necessity_n on_o all_o their_o devout_n to_o observe_v celibacy_n and_o the_o law_n of_o their_o fast_n that_o consist_v in_o distinction_n of_o meat_n and_o to_o translate_v it_o exact_o according_a to_o the_o greek_a text_n the_o sense_n be_v clear_a without_o a_o paraphrase_n i._o now_o the_o spirit_n say_v express_o that_o in_o the_o latter_a time_n some_o shall_v revolt_v from_o the_o faith_n give_v themselves_o up_o to_o deceive_a spirit_n and_o doctrine_n of_o demon_n ii_o and_o this_o through_o the_o fiction_n of_o liar_n man_n who_o conscience_n be_v sear_v with_o a_o hot_a iron_n iii_o forbid_v to_o marry_v command_v to_o abstain_v from_o meat_n which_o god_n have_v create_v to_o be_v receive_v with_o thanksgiving_n by_o the_o faithful_a and_o by_o they_o who_o know_v the_o truth_n those_o that_o understand_v greek_a and_o the_o rule_n of_o grammar_n will_v easy_o see_v that_o the_o word_n can_v be_v otherwise_o translate_v for_o the_o greek_a pronoun_n some_o and_o the_o participle_n give_v up_o themselves_o to_o can_v be_v construe_v with_o liar_n and_o forbid_a see_v the_o pronoun_n some_o be_v in_o the_o nominative_a case_n as_o they_o call_v it_o and_o the_o other_o word_n be_v in_o that_o which_o they_o call_v the_o genitive_a so_o that_o it_o must_v not_o be_v translate_v some_o give_v up_o themselves_o and_o teach_a lie_n but_o liar_n and_o forbid_a must_v be_v construe_v with_o these_o word_n through_o the_o hypocrisy_n and_o be_v render_v through_o the_o hypocrisy_n or_o through_o the_o fiction_n of_o liar_n for_o the_o proposition_n that_o signify_v in_o signify_v also_o by_o or_o through_o and_o our_o french_a interpreter_n have_v so_o translate_v it_o teach_v lie_n through_o hypocrisy_n but_o instead_o of_o teach_v lie_n it_o shall_v be_v translate_v through_o the_o hypocrisy_n of_o those_o that_o teach_v lie_n or_o liar_n this_o text_n thus_o rectify_v by_o a_o right_a translation_n present_v two_o thing_n to_o we_o the_o first_o be_v the_o antichristian_a apostasy_n and_o its_o character_n the_o second_o be_v the_o fountain_n of_o this_o apostasy_n the_o man_n that_o must_v cause_n and_o promote_v it_o the_o first_o be_v the_o apostasy_n from_o the_o faith_n to_o give_v up_o themselves_o to_o seduce_a spirit_n and_o the_o doctrine_n of_o devil_n or_o daemon_n the_o second_o be_v the_o hypocritical_a author_n of_o the_o law_n of_o celibacy_n and_o of_o abstinence_n from_o meat_n let_v we_o examine_v whether_o these_o two_o thing_n do_v well_o agree_v to_o the_o papism_n chap._n xix_o that_o the_o term_n of_o apostasy_n be_v not_o too_o big_a to_o express_v the_o papism_n by_o that_o apostasy_n signify_v rebellion_n and_o idolatry_n why_o the_o h._n s●ripture_n use_v such_o high_a word_n to_o describe_v the_o popish_a idolatry_n and_o high_a than_o those_o it_o make_v use_v of_o to_o describe_v the_o pagan_a idolatry_n the_o first_o character_n of_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n that_o appear_v in_o this_o place_n be_v apostasy_n some_o shall_v revolt_v from_o the_o faith_n it_o be_v exact_o the_o very_a same_o word_n which_o saint_n paul_n use_v in_o the_o second_o chap._n of_o the_o second_o epistle_n to_o the_o thessalonian_o where_o by_o the_o confession_n of_o all_o he_o describe_v the_o come_n of_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n that_o day_n shall_v not_o come_v except_o there_o come_v a_o fall_v away_o or_o a_o apostasy_n first_o and_o that_o man_n of_o sin_n the_o son_n of_o perdition_n be_v reveal_v mind_n the_o idea_n which_o the_o word_n apostasy_n raise_v in_o the_o mind_n this_o term_n of_o apostasy_n at_o this_o day_n beget_v a_o dreadful_a idea_n in_o man_n mind_n it_o be_v use_v to_o signify_v a_o entire_a renunciation_n of_o the_o faith_n especial_o when_o it_o be_v join_v with_o the_o word_n faith_n as_o it_o be_v here_o they_o shall_v fall_v into_o a_o apostasy_n from_o the_o faith_n it_o seem_v to_o signify_v as_o much_o i._n e._n a_o utter_a renunciation_n of_o the_o christian_a faith_n now_o the_o papism_n make_v great_a use_n of_o that_o and_o pretend_v to_o prove_v it_o can_v be_v call_v a_o apostasy_n and_o a_o renunciation_n of_o the_o christian_a faith_n because_o it_o retain_v that_o entire_a receive_v the_o apostle_n creed_n the_o nicene_n and_o athanasius_n in_o the_o sense_n of_o the_o scripture_n and_o of_o the_o church_n before_o we_o show_v that_o this_o make_v nothing_o against_o our_o hypothesis_n jew_n the_o word_n apostasy_n which_o signify_v antichrist_n show_v he_o must_v not_o be_v a_o jew_n i_o will_v observe_v one_o thing_n which_o i_o have_v not_o find_v any_o as_o yet_o have_v sufficient_o confirm_v it_o be_v this_o that_o the_o term_n of_o apostasy_n which_o signify_v the_o empire_n of_o antichrist_n evident_o show_v that_o the_o antichrist_n of_o the_o romish_a doctor_n be_v a_o mere_a chimaera_n according_a to_o they_o he_o must_v be_v a_o jew_n that_o must_v style_v himself_o the_o messiah_n assemble_v all_o the_o jew_n at_o jerusalem_n make_v war_n on_o the_o christian_n and_o destroy_v christianity_n if_o he_o be_v a_o jew_n by_o nation_n and_o religion_n he_o will_v not_o be_v a_o apostate_n for_o according_a to_o the_o scripture_n usage_n of_o the_o word_n and_o that_o of_o the_o language_n at_o this_o day_n none_o be_v call_v apostate_n but_o those_o that_o abandon_v the_o true_a religion_n to_o embrace_v a_o false_a one_o so_o that_o see_v here_o be_v a_o new_a proof_n that_o antichristianism_n must_v establish_v itself_o in_o christianity_n and_o the_o subject_n and_o prince_n of_o this_o empire_n must_v be_v apostate_n from_o the_o christian_a religion_n which_o can_v agree_v to_o the_o jew_n we_o must_v not_o say_v that_o this_o empire_n of_o antichrist_n be_v call_v a_o apostasy_n because_o it_o will_v cause_v the_o christian_n to_o revolt_v and_o make_v they_o apostate_n for_o it_o be_v plain_a that_o the_o head_n of_o this_o empire_n must_v himself_o be_v a_o apostate_n that_o day_n shall_v not_o come_v except_o there_o be_v first_o a_o fall_v away_o or_o a_o apostasy_n and_o the_o man_n of_o sin_n the_o son_n of_o perdition_n be_v reveal_v one_o may_v plain_o see_v that_o this_o signify_v before_o the_o apostasy_n of_o the_o man_n of_o sin_n happen_v apostasy_n the_o revolt_n of_o the_o papism_n from_o the_o faith_n be_v very_o well_o call_v a_o apostasy_n at_o the_o present_a to_o make_v appear_v that_o the_o revolt_n of_o the_o papism_n from_o the_o faith_n be_v very_o just_o style_v a_o apostasy_n divers_a thing_n must_v be_v observe_v and_o first_o that_o this_o word_n in_o its_o original_n do_v not_o signify_v all_o that_o that_o man_n at_o this_o day_n will_v signify_v by_o it_o the_o verb_n whence_o this_o word_n be_v derive_v signify_v no_o more_o than_o to_o depart_v from_o any_o person_n or_o thing_n they_o that_o understand_v greek_a can_v be_v ignorant_a of_o that_o so_o apostasy_n original_o signify_v a_o departure_n it_o be_v to_o depart_v from_o the_o obedience_n which_o be_v due_a to_o any_o one_o it_o be_v to_o refuse_v he_o either_o the_o whole_a or_o a_o
make_v this_o renew_a paganism_n of_o popery_n to_o be_v in_o less_o credit_n and_o esteem_v than_o former_o man_n begin_v to_o disgust_v the_o popish_a superstition_n they_o speak_v of_o the_o invocation_n of_o saint_n with_o contempt_n and_o bold_o condemn_v the_o excess_n of_o it_o and_o call_v it_o idolatry_n when_o they_o speak_v of_o it_o in_o private_a they_o wish_v image_n be_v banish_v from_o their_o church_n that_o it_o may_v not_o be_v a_o scandal_n and_o a_o offence_n to_o we_o they_o begin_v to_o confess_v that_o there_o be_v no_o necessity_n for_o the_o take_v away_o the_o cup._n they_o acknowledge_v that_o a_o man_n may_v be_v save_v without_o indulgency_n by_o the_o sole_a merit_n of_o i._o christ_n they_o will_v restore_v the_o read_n of_o the_o holy_a scripture_n to_o the_o people_n they_o suppress_v the_o authority_n of_o the_o pope_n and_o speak_v of_o it_o with_o scorn_n they_o despise_v his_o thunder_n and_o if_o he_o begin_v to_o murmur_v they_o talk_v as_o loud_o or_o loud_o than_o he_o they_o endeavour_v to_o establish_v this_o doctrine_n that_o under_o pretence_n of_o religion_n or_o for_o the_o preservation_n of_o it_o it_o be_v not_o permit_v to_o subject_n to_o take_v up_o arm_n they_o mollify_v and_o sweeten_v all_o the_o doctrine_n of_o popery_n i_o have_v take_v notice_n of_o this_o in_o another_o place_n and_o again_o observe_v it_o this_o can_v hold_v long_o this_o state_n and_o posture_n of_o the_o papacy_n be_v violent_a since_o it_o be_v free_o confess_v that_o the_o adoration_n of_o one_o god_n be_v sufficient_a without_o that_o of_o saint_n and_o image_n they_o must_v short_o conclude_v that_o for_o thing_n unnecessary_a they_o ought_v not_o to_o scandalize_v one_o half_a of_o the_o christian_a world_n and_o shut_v the_o gate_n against_o the_o jew_n and_o the_o mahometan_n never_o be_v there_o so_o many_o in_o the_o church_n of_o rome_n as_o now_o who_o acknowledge_v the_o vanity_n &_o impurity_n of_o their_o superstition_n every_o man_n have_v the_o liberty_n of_o his_o own_o thought_n but_o i_o profess_v that_o to_o i_o these_o be_v great_a presage_n of_o the_o approach_n of_o the_o last_o work_n of_o god_n for_o the_o establishment_n of_o his_o kingdom_n and_o the_o ruin_n of_o that_o of_o antichrist_n my_o spirit_n be_v in_o this_o frame_n when_o this_o last_o and_o great_a persecution_n in_o france_n begin_v i_o therein_o take_v notice_n of_o several_a character_n that_o confirm_v i_o in_o the_o belief_n that_o we_o be_v in_o the_o last_o time_n of_o the_o period_n of_o 1260_o year_n and_o that_o this_o be_v the_o last_o persecution_n speak_v of_o in_o the_o 11_o chap._n revel_v singular_a character_n in_o the_o present_a persecution_n which_o presage_n that_o it_o shall_v be_v this_o last_o and_o when_o they_o shall_v have_v finiht_v their_o testimony_n the_o beast_n who_o ascend_v out_o of_o the_o bottomless_a pit_n shall_v make_v war_n against_o they_o and_o shall_v overcome_v they_o and_o kill_v they_o and_o their_o dead_a body_n shall_v lie_v in_o the_o street_n of_o the_o great_a city_n three_o day_n and_o a_o half_a for_o there_o be_v so_o many_o thing_n singular_a and_o irregular_a in_o this_o persecution_n that_o without_o profaneness_n and_o a_o denial_n of_o divine_a providence_n we_o can_v but_o acknowledge_v the_o hand_n of_o god_n therein_o it_o be_v singular_a and_o more_o than_o usual_a whether_o we_o consider_v the_o author_n of_o this_o persecution_n and_o the_o manner_n of_o it_o or_o whether_o we_o consider_v the_o subject_n that_o suffer_v it_o and_o in_o what_o manner_n they_o suffer_v as_o to_o the_o persecutor_n themselves_o there_o be_v first_o a_o prince_n who_o have_v the_o chief_a obligation_n to_o we_o for_o the_o crown_n he_o wear_v which_o enter_v into_o his_o family_n by_o the_o person_n of_o his_o grand_a father_n a_o prince_n to_o who_o we_o have_v always_o pay_v obedience_n and_o submission_n without_o the_o least_o shadow_n of_o rebellion_n a_o prince_n for_o who_o we_o preserve_v the_o crown_n in_o his_o minority_n and_o who_o have_v not_o scruple_v to_o testify_v that_o we_o do_v so_o a_o prince_n who_o be_v wise_a and_o understanding_n as_o to_o his_o own_o interest_n and_o those_o of_o the_o state_n of_o europe_n who_o yet_o in_o despite_n of_o his_o own_o interest_n have_v do_v all_o that_o which_o the_o house_n of_o austria_n will_v have_v dictate_v to_o he_o to_o do_v if_o she_o have_v employ_v her_o emissary_n in_o his_o council_n who_o destroy_v his_o own_o subject_n who_o make_v innumerable_a malcontent_n who_o throw_v eternal_a seed_n of_o rebellion_n and_o war_n in_o his_o own_o dominion_n who_o disoblige_v his_o protestant_a ally_n and_o alienates_v they_o in_o such_o a_o manner_n almost_o as_o never_o to_o be_v reconcile_v the_o protestant_a state_n and_o prince_n have_v be_v always_o the_o principal_a ally_n of_o france_n swede_n denmark_n england_n the_o low-countries_n the_o swisser_n and_o the_o protestant_a prince_n of_o germany_n these_o be_v they_o that_o have_v support_v it_o when_o the_o house_n of_o austria_n threaten_v the_o liberty_n of_o all_o europe_n and_o these_o be_v they_o who_o assist_v france_n to_o humble_v the_o house_n of_o austria_n so_o low_a as_o now_o it_o be_v and_o consequent_o that_o have_v advance_v france_n to_o that_o point_n of_o grandeur_n she_o be_v now_o at_o but_o time_n will_v show_v how_o great_a a_o wound_n france_n have_v now_o make_v in_o the_o heart_n of_o all_o her_o ancient_a ally_n we_o see_v already_o that_o this_o persecution_n make_v the_o discord_n and_o dissension_n cease_v that_o be_v between_o the_o protestant_n and_o bring_v they_o near_o an_o union_n and_o reconciliation_n than_o before_o god_n will_v let_v we_o see_v something_o far_o of_o that_o kind_n however_o it_o must_v be_v confess_v that_o there_o be_v something_o therein_o which_o be_v not_o to_o be_v understand_v by_o man_n that_o so_o wise_a a_o court_n shall_v violate_v all_o the_o rule_n of_o good_a policy_n which_o be_v the_o soul_n of_o state_n and_o the_o spring_n of_o all_o their_o motion_n if_o we_o look_v upon_o the_o clergy_n that_o seem_v to_o have_v be_v the_o solicitor_n of_o this_o persecution_n it_o will_v appear_v no_o less_o extraordinary_a it_o be_v not_o a_o ignorant_a and_o superstitious_a clergy_n as_o be_v that_o of_o the_o last_o century_n these_o be_v understanding_n and_o know_v person_n man_n of_o learning_n and_o prudence_n free_v from_o the_o ridiculous_a affectation_n and_o prejudice_n of_o a_o monastic_a spirit_n who_o have_v little_a zeal_n for_o the_o romish_a ceremony_n who_o flight_n their_o worship_n at_o least_o for_o the_o most_o part_n of_o it_o who_o have_v much_o knowledge_n of_o the_o truth_n and_o at_o the_o bottom_n but_o very_o little_a religion_n in_o a_o word_n they_o be_v such_o as_o know_v very_o well_o that_o we_o be_v not_o in_o the_o wrong_n or_o at_o least_o that_o altogether_o and_o in_o every_o thing_n we_o be_v not_o nevertheless_o they_o persecute_v we_o more_o cruel_o than_o the_o most_o furious_a monk_n or_o enrage_a inquisitor_n have_v ever_o do_v they_o act_n therefore_o against_o their_o own_o light_n which_o be_v so_o far_o very_o strange_a and_o surprise_v but_o what_o be_v more_o astonish_a they_o act_n against_o the_o most_o sacred_a principle_n of_o their_o religion_n there_o be_v nothing_o among_o they_o more_o venerable_a than_o the_o sacrament_n and_o nothing_o esteem_v more_o criminal_a than_o the_o violation_n of_o they_o to_o administer_v the_o sacrament_n of_o penance_n to_o give_v absolution_n to_o a_o sinner_n to_o a_o heretic_n who_o be_v not_o penitent_a who_o say_v and_o declare_v open_o without_o hide_v or_o conceal_v it_o that_o he_o persevere_fw-la from_o his_o very_a heart_n in_o his_o sin_n and_o heresy_n and_o never_o renounce_v it_o but_o by_o constraint_n and_o violence_n to_o give_v i_o say_v absolution_n to_o such_o a_o man_n according_a to_o the_o definition_n of_o their_o loose_a casuist_n it_o be_v sacrilege_n to_o give_v the_o sacrament_n of_o the_o altar_n to_o a_o man_n that_o profess_v he_o believe_v nothing_o of_o it_o and_o acknowledge_v nothing_o there_o but_o mere_a bread_n it_o be_v a_o sacrilegious_a communion_n shall_v it_o not_o affect_v the_o heart_n and_o even_o the_o imagination_n of_o those_o persecute_v bishop_n and_o priest_n to_o think_v of_o the_o innumerable_a sacrilege_n that_o by_o this_o mean_n be_v every_o day_n commit_v they_o absolve_v a_o multitude_n of_o wretched_a people_n who_o protest_v that_o by_o mere_a force_n and_o violence_n they_o be_v constrain_v to_o sign_v the_o abjuration_n of_o their_o religion_n and_o to_o get_v out_o of_o the_o hand_n of_o a_o thousand_o executioner_n who_o devour_v and_o destroy_v they_o and_o give_v they_o no_o rest_n day_n or_o night_n the_o priest_n and_o bishop_n who_o
the_o other_o church_n of_o asia_n and_o if_o any_o will_v have_v it_o so_o all_o those_o that_o be_v at_o that_o time_n in_o the_o world_n and_o he_o choose_v among_o these_o seven_o the_o name_n of_o the_o principal_a one_o intend_v that_o the_o other_o lesser_a church_n shall_v reckon_v that_o as_o speak_v concern_v their_o present_a estate_n which_o be_v speak_v to_o the_o seven_o principal_a one_o among_o they_o two_o who_o know_v whether_o there_o be_v at_o that_o time_n more_o than_o seven_o considerable_a church_n in_o asia_n the_o other_o be_v so_o very_a much_o below_o these_o for_o dignity_n grandeur_n &_o excellency_n that_o the_o h._n spirit_n judge_v it_o not_o proper_a to_o make_v any_o account_n of_o they_o the_o advertisement_n that_o he_o give_v to_o these_o seven_o church_n be_v sufficient_a for_o the_o disorder_n which_o may_v be_v in_o all_o the_o other_o which_o disorder_n be_v apparent_o the_o same_o for_o it_o be_v usual_a enough_o for_o little_a flock_n to_o follow_v the_o example_n of_o the_o great_a one_o last_o it_o do_v not_o appear_v that_o the_o holy_a spirit_n in_o what_o follow_v have_v divide_v the_o duration_n of_o the_o church_n since_o j._n christ_n time_n to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n or_o to_o the_o come_n of_o jesus_n christ_n kingdom_n into_o seven_o period_n for_o the_o seven_o seal_n the_o seven_o trumpet_n the_o seven_o vial_n do_v not_o each_o of_o they_o take_v up_o all_o time_n they_o succeed_v one_o another_o the_o seven_o seal_n bring_v forth_o seven_o trumpet_n &_o the_o six_o trumpet_n be_v subdivide_v into_o seven_o vial_n it_o have_v be_v very_o methodical_a in_o a_o revelation_n after_o have_v obscure_o mark_v out_o the_o seven_o period_n of_o the_o church_n by_o the_o seven_o epistle_n to_o describe_v the_o same_o time_n by_o seven_o other_o character_n more_o observable_a &_o more_o distinct_a this_o be_v indeed_o what_o some_o modern_a writer_n do_v believe_v that_o god_n have_v do_v pretend_v that_o the_o seven_o seal_n &_o the_o seven_o trumpet_n be_v co-temporary_a &_o divide_v the_o duration_n of_o the_o christian_a church_n into_o seven_o period_n as_o the_o seven_o epistle_n to_o the_o seven_o church_n do_v but_o this_o opinion_n will_v not_o appear_v probable_a to_o those_o that_o study_v the_o prophecy_n &_o the_o event_n with_o any_o application_n of_o mind_n i_o look_v on_o that_o as_o nothing_o that_o be_v say_v to_o support_v the_o mystery_n of_o the_o seven_o church_n viz._n that_o we_o do_v not_o see_v that_o such_o thing_n happen_v in_o the_o seven_o church_n of_o asia_n which_o be_v there_o name_v as_o have_v any_o resemblance_n with_o what_o the_o h._n spirit_n say_v to_o they_o how_o shall_v we_o see_v it_o see_v we_o have_v not_o the_o particular_a history_n of_o those_o church_n in_o that_o time_n beside_o though_o we_o do_v not_o know_v the_o particular_n of_o those_o event_n yet_o there_o be_v nothing_o in_o the_o seven_o epistle_n which_o do_v not_o very_o well_o agree_v with_o the_o estate_n of_o the_o church_n that_o then_o be_v without_o any_o necessity_n to_o seek_v out_o event_n mystical_o mean_v in_o future_a age_n happy_a the_o application_n that_o be_v make_v of_o the_o seven_o epistle_n to_o the_o seven_o period_n be_v not_o happy_a the_o principal_a thing_n that_o hinder_v i_o from_o close_v with_o the_o opinion_n of_o the_o prophetical_a sense_n of_o the_o epistle_n be_v that_o i_o do_v not_o find_v that_o the_o application_n which_o be_v make_v of_o they_o to_o the_o age_n that_o have_v past_a since_o the_o apostle_n do_v answer_n expectation_n it_o be_v true_a there_o be_v some_o place_n where_o the_o application_n be_v not_o unhappy_a but_o see_v this_o be_v not_o to_o be_v meet_v with_o every_o where_o i_o believe_v that_o they_o have_v hit_v lucky_o by_o chance_n otherwise_o the_o prophecy_n shall_v every_v where_o agree_v with_o the_o event_n to_o the_o end_n one_o may_v better_o judge_v of_o the_o force_n of_o this_o last_o reason_n i_o shall_v set_v down_o two_o or_o three_o of_o the_o mystical_a interpretation_n that_o be_v give_v to_o these_o epistle_n this_o will_v please_v those_o who_o can_v or_o will_v not_o go_v to_o seek_v they_o in_o their_o spring_n i_o begin_v with_o that_o of_o patrick_n forbes_n a_o scotch_a divine_a forbes_n the_o explication_n of_o the_o mystery_n of_o the_o seven_o church_n by_o forbes_n that_o live_v &_o die_v in_o the_o begin_n of_o this_o age_n according_a to_o he_o the_o church_n of_o ephesus_n signify_v the_o primitive_a church_n of_o the_o three_o first_o age_n the_o praise_n which_o the_o h._n spirit_n give_v it_o i_o know_v thy_o work_n &_o thy_o labour_n &_o how_o thou_o can_v not_o bear_v they_o which_o be_v evil_a etc._n etc._n these_o praise_n i_o say_v may_v well_o agree_v to_o the_o church_n of_o the_o three_o first_o age_n but_o those_o which_o god_n give_v to_o the_o church_n of_o thyatira_n afterward_o be_v great_a yet_o it_o be_v certain_a that_o the_o four_o period_n of_o the_o church_n do_v not_o come_v near_o the_o church_n of_o the_o three_o first_o age_n in_o fervency_n &_o purity_n the_o nicolaitan_n that_o be_v speak_v of_o in_o this_o epistle_n to_o the_o church_n of_o ephesus_n may_v signify_v all_o the_o heretic_n all_o the_o kind_n be_v mean_v by_o one_o but_o see_v the_o church_n of_o all_o age_n have_v have_v its_o heretic_n this_o character_n can_v distinguish_v this_o period_n from_o the_o other_o the_o second_o epistle_n be_v to_o the_o church_n of_o smyrna_n &_o forbes_n will_v have_v this_o to_o be_v the_o period_n in_o which_o the_o arrian_n macedonian_n nestorian_n &_o eutychian_o reign_v that_o be_v to_o say_v that_o this_o period_n will_v comprehend_v the_o four_o &_o the_o five_o age._n but_o how_o can_v these_o word_n be_v apply_v to_o those_o age_n i_o know_v thy_o work_n &_o thy_o tribulation_n &_o thy_o poverty_n but_o thou_o be_v rich_a &_o i_o know_v the_o blasphemy_n of_o those_o that_o say_v they_o be_v jew_n but_o be_v not_o but_o be_v the_o synagogue_n of_o satan_n see_v here_o be_v praise_n that_o be_v no_o whit_n inferior_a to_o those_o that_o be_v give_v to_o the_o church_n of_o ephesus_n yet_o it_o be_v certain_a that_o the_o church_n in_o these_o age_n be_v corrupt_v &_o lose_v all_o the_o beauty_n it_o have_v in_o the_o three_o first_o age_n of_o the_o church_n its_o manner_n be_v corrupt_v &_o its_o worship_n be_v mar_v by_o the_o invocation_n of_o saint_n &_o the_o worship_n of_o relic_n what_o will_v become_v of_o that_o persecution_n of_o ten_o day_n that_o god_n predict_v to_o this_o church_n of_o smyrna_n it_o be_v true_a the_o church_n be_v persecute_v under_o the_o arrian_n emperor_n but_o it_o do_v not_o appear_v very_o well_o why_o this_o be_v describe_v by_o number_n of_o ten_o day_n the_o three_o epistle_n be_v direct_v to_o the_o church_n of_o pergamus_n &_o according_a to_o forbes_n this_o be_v the_o period_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o antichrist_n the_o forego_v period_n be_v but_o of_o two_o or_o three_o hundred_o year_n this_o must_v be_v above_o a_o thousand_o year_n here_o be_v find_v something_o that_o be_v pretty_a like_o this_o period_n i_o know_v where_o thou_o dwell_v even_o where_o satan_n seat_n be_v to_o which_o may_v be_v add_v that_o the_o martyr_n antipas_n speak_v of_o in_o this_o epistle_n signify_v antipapa_n a_o enemy_n oppose_v the_o pope_n &_o that_o this_o signify_v all_o those_o that_o have_v oppose_v the_o tyranny_n of_o antichrist_n but_o the_o rest_n do_v by_o no_o mean_n agree_v to_o this_o period_n i_o know_v thy_o work_n &_o that_o thou_o hold_v fast_v my_o name_n &_o have_v not_o deny_v my_o faith_n these_o praise_n do_v by_o no_o nean_n belong_v to_o a_o church_n so_o corrupt_a as_o be_v that_o of_o the_o three_o period_n under_o the_o reign_n of_o antichrist_n thou_o have_v they_o that_o hold_v the_o doctrine_n of_o balaam_n who_o teach_v balak_n to_o cast_v a_o stumbling-block_n before_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n to_o eat_v thing_n sacrifice_v unto_o idol_n &_o to_o commit_v fornication_n by_o this_o must_v be_v mean_v those_o evil_a christian_n that_o join_v in_o with_o the_o antichristian_a idolatry_n now_o these_o people_n be_v not_o well_o describe_v by_o thou_o have_v they_o for_o this_o import_v that_o it_o be_v not_o the_o body_n of_o the_o society_n and_o on_o the_o contrary_a under_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n the_o great_a part_n of_o man_n do_v partake_v of_o his_o abomination_n the_o four_o epistle_n be_v direct_v to_o the_o church_n of_o thyatira_n to_o which_o the_o h._n spirit_n give_v these_o great_a praise_n i_o know_v thy_o work_n &_o charity_n &_o service_n &_o patience_n &_o that_o thy_o last_o work_n be_v more_o than_o the_o
first_o forbes_n will_v have_v this_o be_v that_o period_n of_o the_o church_n in_o which_o the_o church_n begin_v to_o reform_v herself_o &_o in_o which_o the_o good_a separate_v from_o the_o evil_n i_o e._n the_o church_n from_o the_o albigenses_n to_o luther_n time_n now_o i_o leave_v every_o wise_a man_n to_o judge_v if_o a_o small_a number_n of_o albigenses_n &_o waldenses_n that_o separate_v from_o the_o church_n of_o rome_n &_o that_o endure_v so_o short_a a_o time_n can_v deserve_v from_o the_o whole_a christian_a church_n so_o general_o corrupt_v the_o fair_a of_o all_o the_o praise_n that_o the_o h._n spirit_n give_v to_o the_o seven_o church_n thou_o suffer_v that_o woman_n jezabel_n that_o call_v herself_o a_o prophetess_n to_o teach_v &_o to_o seduce_v my_o servant_n to_o commit_v fornication_n this_o jezabel_n i_o confess_v very_o much_o resemble_v the_o antichristian_a church_n but_o why_o shall_v the_o albigenses_n be_v blame_v for_o suffer_v the_o roman_a church_n how_o can_v they_o destroy_v it_o who_o be_v so_o weak_a do_v they_o not_o cry_v out_o upon_o she_o as_o babylon_n as_o much_o as_o they_o be_v able_a sardis_n be_v the_o five_o church_n to_o which_o the_o h._n spirit_n write_v &_o according_a to_o forbes_n it_o be_v the_o reform_a church_n in_o which_o neither_o jezabel_n nor_o balaam_n nor_o the_o pope_n nor_o popery_n be_v any_o long_o tolerate_v because_o she_o break_v with_o the_o roman_a church_n but_o why_o will_v we_o have_v the_o age_n of_o our_o reformation_n since_o luther_n to_o be_v brand_v with_o so_o black_a &_o fatal_a a_o character_n thou_o have_v a_o name_n to_o live_v but_o be_v dead_a be_v watchful_a &_o strengthen_v the_o thing_n which_o remain_v &_o be_v ready_a to_o die_v for_o i_o have_v not_o find_v thy_o work_n perfect_a before_o god._n i_o think_v our_o reformation_n deserve_v at_o least_o as_o much_o praise_n as_o that_o of_o the_o albigenses_n the_o zeal_n thereof_o be_v great_a &_o the_o doctrine_n pure_a philadelphia_n be_v the_o six_o church_n &_o signify_v according_a to_o forbes_n the_o church_n that_o shall_v carry_v the_o reformation_n to_o its_o great_a height_n that_o shall_v have_v but_o a_o small_a number_n of_o member_n but_o they_o shall_v be_v very_o zealous_a laodicea_n be_v the_o last_o church_n or_o the_o last_o period_n the_o holy_a spirit_n terrible_o blame_v it_o thou_o be_v neither_o hot_a nor_o cold_a thou_o say_v i_o be_o rich_a &_o have_v need_n of_o nothing_o etc._n etc._n &_o do_v not_o know_v that_o thou_o be_v wretched_a &_o miserable_a &_o poor_a &_o blind_a &_o naked_a according_a to_o forbes_n this_o be_v those_o church_n that_o make_v all_o their_o glory_n to_o consist_v in_o their_o have_v quit_v babylon_n do_v fall_v back_o &_o make_v religion_n to_o consist_v in_o nothing_o but_o duty_n pure_o external_a this_o last_o period_n must_v be_v place_v at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world._n thus_o you_o have_v forbes's_fw-fr system_fw-la let_v we_o proceed_v to_o that_o of_o cocceius_n according_a to_o this_o late_a author_n the_o church_n of_o ephesus_n be_v the_o apostolical_a church_n i._n e._n that_o wherein_o the_o apostle_n preach_v cocceius_n the_o explication_n of_o the_o mystery_n of_o the_o seven_o church_n according_a to_o cocceius_n so_o that_o this_o period_n must_v be_v extend_v to_o the_o death_n of_o st._n john._n the_o nicolaitan_n speak_v of_o in_o this_o first_o epistle_n be_v heretic_n in_o general_n nicolaos_n in_o greek_a signify_v the_o conqueror_n of_o the_o people_n it_o be_v the_o character_n of_o heretic_n to_o make_v themselves_o master_n of_o the_o people_n by_o seduce_v they_o the_o church_n of_o smyrna_n signify_v the_o church_n suffer_v in_o all_o place_n &_o especial_o that_o of_o the_o three_o first_o age_n the_o persecution_n of_o ten_o day_n according_a to_o this_o must_v signify_v the_o ten_o persecution_n which_o the_o church_n suffer_v during_o those_o three_o age_n under_o the_o pagan_a emperor_n this_o do_v not_o fall_v out_o ill_a but_o i_o fear_v it_o be_v chance_v that_o make_v this_o hit_n for_o the_o rest_n do_v not_o fall_v out_o in_o the_o same_o manner_n the_o holy_a spirit_n say_v some_o of_o you_o shall_v be_v cast_v into_o prison_n that_o you_o may_v be_v try_v this_o be_v very_o feeble_o to_o express_v the_o great_a number_n of_o martyr_n and_o the_o cruel_a suffering_n to_o which_o the_o church_n be_v expose_v during_o these_o three_o first_o age_n of_o the_o church_n it_o be_v much_o more_o probable_a that_o this_o signify_v some_o light_a persecution_n that_o be_v to_o befall_v smyrna_n in_o which_o persecution_n the_o evil_n shall_v not_o go_v beyond_o the_o imprison_a some_o particular_a person_n the_o epistle_n to_o the_o church_n of_o pergamus_n be_v the_o three_o &_o according_a to_o cocceius_n it_o be_v the_o church_n from_o constantine_n time_n to_o the_o birth_n of_o antichrist_n pergamus_n be_v the_o name_n of_o a_o famous_a fortress_n of_o troy._n rome_n signify_v strength_n or_o fortress_n it_o be_v in_o rome_n that_o satan_n seat_n be_v but_o why_o shall_v the_o seat_n of_o satan_n be_v fix_v in_o rome_n convert_v by_o constantine_n it_o have_v be_v much_o better_a to_o have_v fix_v it_o in_o rome_n pagan_a or_o to_o reserve_v it_o for_o rome_n antichristian_a that_o be_v to_o follow_v immediate_o after_o antipas_n the_o martyr_n signify_v say_v he_o the_o orthodox_n that_o maintain_v the_o consubstantiality_n of_o the_o son._n antipas_n for_o antipatros_n &_o antipatros_n for_o isopatros_fw-la equal_a to_o the_o father_n i_o have_v nothing_o to_o say_v hereupon_o but_o it_o do_v not_o please_v i_o every_o well_o the_o church_n of_o thyatira_n be_v the_o four_o &_o signify_v according_a to_o cocceius_n the_o church_n under_o the_o reign_n of_o antichrist_n jezabel_n that_o appear_v in_o this_o epistle_n be_v the_o antichristian_a church_n they_o that_o suffer_v jezabel_n the_o prophetess_n be_v the_o elect_v mingle_v among_o the_o antichristian_a idolater_n that_o sickness_n that_o god_n will_v send_v on_o jezabel_n in_o cast_v she_o on_o her_o bed_n be_v those_o mortification_n which_o antichristianism_n be_v to_o receive_v by_o the_o several_a disaster_n that_o befall_v the_o roman_a church_n till_o the_o reformation_n this_o fall_v out_o pretty_a well_o but_o it_o be_v by_o mere_a chance_n for_o how_o can_v that_o magnificent_a elegy_n be_v apply_v to_o this_o period_n of_o the_o antichristian_a church_n i_o know_v thy_o work_n &_o thy_o charity_n &_o thy_o patience_n &_o that_o thy_o last_o work_n be_v more_o than_o the_o first_o never_o be_v the_o church_n so_o void_a of_o saint_n &_o of_o good_a work_n as_o in_o this_o sad_a period_n sardis_n be_v the_o five_o church_n &_o the_o five_o period_n &_o according_a to_o cocceius_n as_o well_o as_o according_a to_o forbes_n it_o be_v the_o reform_a church_n but_o i_o say_v hereto_o as_o i_o say_v before_o on_o occasion_n of_o forbes_n why_o shall_v we_o say_v of_o our_o reformation_n thou_o have_v a_o name_n to_o live_v &_o behold_v thou_o be_v dead_a strengthen_v the_o thing_n which_o remain_v &_o be_v ready_a to_o die_v philadelphia_n signify_v brotherly_a love_n this_o be_v the_o six_o church_n which_o carry_v in_o its_o name_n the_o character_n of_o a_o church_n yet_o to_o come_v wherein_o love_n and_o charity_n shall_v reign_v but_o among_o a_o very_a small_a number_n of_o people_n this_o church_n shall_v be_v persecute_v attempt_n will_v be_v make_v to_o shut_v the_o door_n against_o its_o conversion_n yet_o after_o this_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n shall_v submit_v themselves_o to_o it_o this_o be_v in_o after_o age_n so_o that_o we_o have_v nothing_o to_o say_v about_o it_o laodicea_n signify_v the_o church_n that_o shall_v immediate_o precede_v the_o time_n wherein_o god_n shall_v pass_v that_o judgement_n speak_v of_o in_o the_o 11_o ch_n v._o 18._o i._n e._n when_o the_o reign_n of_o j._n christ_n shall_v come_v to_o be_v establish_v on_o the_o earth_n that_o be_v to_o say_v that_o immediate_o before_o the_o kingdom_n of_o j._n christ_n come_v on_o the_o earth_n the_o church_n must_v fall_v into_o that_o dreadful_a decay_n mean_v by_o these_o word_n thou_o be_v neither_o hot_a nor_o cold_a thou_o be_v poor_a blind_a &_o naked_a i_o do_v not_o well_o understand_v how_o all_o this_o hang_v together_o the_o church_n o●_n philadelphia_n which_o be_v the_o six_o after_o it_o have_v be_v persecute_v shall_v remain_v victorious_a over_o all_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n which_o signify_v that_o all_o the_o nation_n of_o the_o earth_n shall_v be_v convert_v see_v here_o the_o reign_n of_o j._n christ_n on_o the_o earth_n and_o yet_o after_o this_o come_v a_o seven_o period_n wherein_o religion_n shall_v almost_o entire_o perish_v before_o the_o kingdom_n of_o j._n christ_n come_v on_o
the_o earth_n beside_o all_o other_o inconvenience_n this_o system_fw-la have_v this_o further_a viz._n that_o beside_o these_o seven_o period_n a_o eight_o must_v be_v add_v for_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o church_n on_o the_o earth_n this_o be_v a_o thing_n that_o be_v never_o hear_v of_o &_o the_o time_n be_v never_o in_o any_o prophecy_n divide_v into_o eight_o more_o the_o mystery_n of_o the_o seven_o church_n according_a to_o dr._n hen._n more_o dr._n henry_n more_n be_v one_o of_o the_o last_o that_o have_v spend_v his_o labour_n on_o the_o revelation_n he_o believe_v also_o that_o these_o seven_o epistle_n be_v mystical_a &_o prophetical_a &_o see_v how_o he_o understand_v they_o the_o church_n of_o ephesus_n be_v the_o period_n that_o run_v out_o from_o j._n christ_n time_n to_o the_o ten_o year_n of_o nero_n empire_n see_v here_o a_o period_n short_a enough_o there_o be_v not_o usual_o so_o great_a a_o inequality_n between_o the_o period_n that_o divide_v the_o time_n in_o the_o prophecy_n moreover_o one_o may_v be_v assure_v that_o there_o be_v not_o so_o much_o as_o one_o word_n in_o this_o epistle_n that_o may_v not_o as_o happy_o be_v apply_v to_o the_o two_o follow_a age_n as_o to_o the_o first_o so_o that_o this_o application_n be_v pure_o arbitrary_a and_o without_o any_o ground_n the_o church_n of_o smyrna_n be_v the_o period_n from_o the_o ten_o year_n of_o nero_n to_o the_o year_n 324._o i_o e._n to_o the_o reign_n of_o constantine_n and_o the_o council_n of_o nice_a this_o fall_v in_o with_o cocceius_n notion_n wherefore_o i_o can_v approve_v of_o it_o for_o the_o reason_n abovementioned_a pergamus_n according_a to_o dr._n more_o signify_v the_o church_n from_o the_o year_n 324._o to_o the_o year_n 1242._o during_o which_o time_n the_o empire_n of_o antichrist_n be_v establish_v take_v in_o the_o time_n in_o which_o the_o waldenses_n and_o albigenses_n appear_v in_o the_o world_n and_o be_v extinguish_v the_o foundation_n of_o this_o explication_n be_v the_o seat_n of_o satan_n i_o know_v where_o thou_o dwell_v even_o where_o satan_n seat_n be_v and_o the_o martyr_n antipas_n that_o signify_v according_a to_o this_o author_n antipope_n or_o contrary_a to_o the_o pope_n this_o be_v a_o little_a glitter_a light_n but_o i_o be_o much_o afraid_a it_o be_v a_o deceitful_a one_o for_o first_o why_o shall_v we_o comprehend_v in_o this_o empire_n of_o satan_n the_o reign_v of_o constantine_n and_o theodosius_n which_o be_v so_o happy_a for_o the_o church_n two_o why_o shall_v it_o be_v say_v to_o this_o antichristian_a period_n i_o know_v thy_o good_a work_n and_o that_o thou_o have_v not_o deny_v my_o name_n see_v there_o never_o be_v few_o that_o make_v profession_n of_o the_o truth_n than_o in_o this_o period_n if_o ever_o the_o church_n may_v be_v accuse_v of_o have_v renounce_v the_o name_n of_o jesus_n christ_n it_o be_v in_o the_o time_n of_o antichristianism_n which_o be_v call_v a_o apostasy_n so_o that_o this_o article_n do_v not_o hit_v well_o but_o that_o which_o follow_v do_v much_o worse_a thyatira_n according_a to_o this_o author_n be_v the_o church_n from_o the_o time_n that_o the_o albigenses_n be_v destroy_v to_o that_o time_n that_o entire_a nation_n abandon_v the_o communion_n of_o rome_n it_o be_v it_o may_v be_v a_o time_n the_o most_o barren_a in_o virtue_n and_o the_o most_o overwhelm_v with_o superstition_n that_o ever_o be_v since_o jesus_n christ_n yet_o must_v this_o great_a praise_n be_v attribute_v to_o it_o i_o know_v thy_o work_n and_o thy_o patience_n and_o thy_o charity_n and_o that_o thy_o last_o work_n be_v more_o than_o the_o first_o what_o be_v say_v to_o the_o church_n of_o ephesus_n which_o it_o be_v pretend_v be_v the_o apostolical_a church_n be_v not_o so_o honourable_a nor_o so_o great_a thou_o suffer_v the_o woman_n jezabel_n that_o call_v herself_o a_o prophetess_n how_o can_v this_o be_v apply_v to_o those_o age_n that_o have_v run_v out_o since_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o albigenses_n to_o the_o reformation_n jezabel_n that_o roman_a whore_n have_v not_o only_o be_v suffer_v and_o tolerate_v she_o have_v reign_v with_o less_o contradiction_n than_o in_o any_o age._n sardis_n be_v the_o five_o church_n which_o signify_v the_o five_o period_n according_a to_o dr._n more_o and_o this_o period_n be_v that_o of_o the_o reformation_n to_o the_o last_o vial_n i.e._n to_o the_o last_o ruin_n of_o antichrist_n it_o be_v to_o this_o church_n that_o the_o holy_a spirit_n say_v thou_o have_v a_o name_n to_o live_v but_o behold_v thou_o be_v dead_a can_v it_o be_v imagine_v that_o god_n shall_v give_v such_o great_a praise_n to_o the_o church_n that_o be_v since_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o albigenses_n till_o the_o reformation_n and_o that_o the_o holy_a spirit_n shall_v be_v make_v to_o speak_v with_o so_o much_o disdain_n of_o the_o reform_a church_n what_o comparison_n be_v there_o between_o the_o church_n in_o its_o reformation_n &_o that_o corrupt_a church_n wherein_o hardly_o any_o be_v to_o be_v find_v that_o preserve_v himself_o from_o the_o mighty_a corruption_n of_o error_n and_o vice_n philadelphia_n which_o be_v the_o six_o church_n signify_v a_o six_o period_n wherein_o antichrist_n shall_v be_v entire_o ruin_v and_o the_o infidel_n nation_n be_v convert_v this_o be_v to_o divine_a and_o that_o which_o the_o holy_a spirit_n say_v to_o the_o six_o church_n do_v not_o exact_o import_v any_o such_o thing_n last_o laodicea_n of_o which_o the_o holy_a spirit_n speak_v in_o such_o disadvantageous_a term_n be_v the_o church_n that_o must_v fall_v into_o decay_n after_o the_o fall_n of_o antichrist_n and_o the_o conversion_n of_o the_o people_n and_o this_o decay_n must_v bring_v the_o church_n to_o the_o come_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o jesus_n christ_n on_o the_o earth_n see_v here_o a_o new_a period_n and_o of_o which_o there_o be_v not_o the_o least_o foot-step_n in_o all_o the_o prophecy_n it_o be_v a_o period_n that_o must_v run_v out_o from_o the_o ruin_n of_o antichrist_n and_o the_o conversion_n of_o the_o people_n all_o the_o prophecy_n foretell_v that_o the_o reign_n of_o jesus_n christ_n shall_v come_v immediate_o after_o the_o fall_n of_o babylon_n and_o the_o fullness_n of_o the_o gentile_n yet_o here_o behold_v a_o period_n that_o separate_v these_o two_o event_n which_o ought_v to_o be_v join_v together_o last_o this_o system_n be_v subject_a to_o the_o same_o inconvenience_n as_o that_o of_o cocceius_n there_o must_v be_v suppose_v a_o eight_o period_n for_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o thousand_o year_n which_o dr._n more_o acknowledge_v now_o it_o must_v be_v confess_v that_o this_o eight_o period_n be_v altogether_o unknown_a to_o the_o prophet_n for_o we_o do_v not_o any_o where_n find_v that_o the_o time_n have_v be_v divide_v into_o eight_o part_n those_o that_o will_v attentive_o reflect_v on_o what_o we_o have_v just_a now_o say_v will_v confess_v if_o i_o be_o not_o much_o mistake_v either_o that_o these_o epistle_n to_o the_o seven_o church_n be_v not_o prophetical_a or_o that_o the_o mystery_n have_v not_o yet_o be_v discover_v for_o nothing_o that_o have_v be_v say_v about_o they_o have_v this_o certain_a character_n of_o truth_n which_o be_v obvious_a to_o every_o one_o the_o prophecy_n must_v be_v like_o aenigma_n which_o till_o they_o have_v be_v well_o explain_v seem_v unintelligible_a but_o when_o one_o have_v hit_v right_a upon_o they_o they_o appear_v so_o clear_a that_o they_o can_v otherwise_o be_v understand_v chap._n ii_o a_o explication_n of_o the_o vision_n of_o the_o four_o live_a creature_n &_o of_o the_o twenty_o four_o elder_n contain_v in_o the_o four_o chapter_n seeing_z there_o be_v nothing_o prophetical_a in_o the_o three_o first_o chapter_n of_o the_o revelation_n we_o may_v go_v on_o to_o the_o four_o chapter_n one_o may_v say_v that_o this_o be_v the_o open_n of_o this_o great_a &_o divine_a theatre_n on_o which_o these_o admirable_a prophetical_a vision_n will_v immediate_o appear_v the_o entrance_n be_v like_a that_o of_o the_o prophet_n ezekiel_n god_n appear_v in_o the_o temple_n which_o be_v in_o heaven_n sit_v on_o a_o magnificent_a throne_n round_o about_o the_o throne_n there_o be_v a_o rainbow_n this_o be_v the_o symbol_n of_o peace_n before_o the_o throne_n there_o be_v a_o sea_n of_o glass_n like_o to_o crystal_n this_o may_v signify_v the_o purity_n of_o the_o doctrine_n of_o the_o gospel_n by_o which_o we_o be_v wash_v &_o justify_v it_o be_v of_o glass_n &_o of_o crystal_n because_o of_o its_o firmness_n for_o the_o gospel_n be_v a_o eternal_a covenant_n that_o shall_v not_o be_v do_v away_o by_o a_o new_a covenant_n but_o that_o which_o be_v most_o considerable_a here_o be_v the_o four_o live_a creature_n &_o the_o twenty_o four_o elder_n that_o be_v round_o about_o
necessary_a to_o premise_v in_o the_o first_o place_n a_o observation_n which_o i_o call_v the_o key_n of_o the_o revelation_n it_o be_v that_o this_o whole_a book_n be_v nothing_o but_o a_o paraphrase_n on_o what_o daniel_n say_v in_o the_o seven_o ch._n of_o his_o revelation_n touch_v the_o four_o beast_n certain_o this_o four_o beast_n be_v the_o roman_a empire_n the_o four_o monarchy_n and_o if_o some_o great_a &_o strange_a event_n be_v find_v therein_o it_o be_v always_o with_o respect_n to_o the_o roman_a empire_n that_o must_v endure_v to_o the_o come_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o j._n christ_n on_o the_o earth_n revelation_n why_o god_n have_v nor_o take_v notice_n of_o other_o state_n in_o the_o revelation_n the_o reason_n why_o god_n take_v no_o notice_n of_o so_o many_o great_a event_n that_o happen_v without_o the_o bound_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n of_o the_o great_a empire_n that_o be_v establish_v the_o nation_n that_o be_v overturn_v the_o bloody_a war_n that_o be_v every_o where_o &_o insist_o only_o on_o the_o four_o monarchy_n or_o the_o roman_a empire_n be_v because_o god_n reveal_v not_o future_a event_n but_o with_o respect_n to_o the_o church_n which_o he_o love_v which_o he_o conduct_n &_o which_o he_o will_v instruct_v concern_v his_o will._n now_o the_o church_n be_v to_o be_v enclose_v in_o or_o very_o near_o within_o the_o bound_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n i_o know_v that_o there_o be_v christian-churche_n in_o persia_n &_o it_o may_v be_v some_o in_o the_o indies_n but_o all_o this_o be_v but_o a_o small_a matter_n euphrates_n be_v the_o bound_n of_o christianity_n it_o spread_v itself_o but_o a_o little_a beyond_o it_o the_o church_n therefore_o have_v no_o need_n to_o know_v that_o which_o shall_v happen_v on_o the_o other_o side_n euphrates_n nor_o to_o understand_v the_o foundation_n of_o the_o empire_n of_o the_o tartar_n the_o king_n of_o persia_n the_o mogul_n &_o the_o chinois_n for_o all_o this_o have_v no_o respect_n to_o she_o wherefore_o the_o revelation_n say_v not_o one_o word_n of_o they_o the_o spirit_n of_o god_n also_o have_v no_o intention_n to_o instruct_v we_o in_o the_o adventure_n of_o the_o empire_n of_o the_o saracen_n &_o that_o of_o the_o turk_n but_o with_o reference_n to_o the_o four_o monarchy_n therefore_o we_o shall_v not_o see_v these_o two_o empire_n that_o of_o the_o saracen_n &_o that_o of_o the_o tarck_n but_o only_o by_o the_o by_o in_o the_o five_o &_o six_o trumpet_n &_o we_o shall_v not_o see_v they_o there_o but_o as_o the_o scourge_v of_o god_n that_o fall_n on_o the_o four_o monarchy_n to_o vex_v &_o to_o destroy_v it_o this_o observation_n be_v the_o key_n of_o the_o revelation_n for_o first_o it_o remove_v that_o difficulty_n which_o many_o make_v so_o great_a a_o stir_n about_o viz._n that_o the_o revelation_n as_o it_o be_v usual_o explain_v do_v not_o at_o all_o touch_n on_o or_o if_o it_o do_v it_o be_v but_o by_o the_o by_o the_o great_a revolution_n of_o the_o world_n that_o happen_v in_o the_o east_n since_o 1200_o year_n yet_o once_o more_o it_o be_v not_o the_o work_n of_o he_o who_o will_v speak_v of_o nothing_o but_o the_o church_n &_o those_o event_n that_o have_v in_o immediate_a reference_n to_o the_o church_n second_o this_o observation_n will_v teach_v we_o right_o to_o divide_v the_o time_n of_o the_o revelation_n &_o proper_o to_o apply_v the_o vision_n to_o each_o time_n &_o to_o discover_v the_o event_n that_o be_v signify_v by_o those_o vision_n we_o must_v know_v therefore_o that_o the_o four_o monarchy_n without_o comparison_n the_o great_a period_n the_o division_n of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n into_o two_o period_n &_o most_o distinguish_v in_o the_o prophecy_n be_v divide_v into_o two_o great_a period_n the_o first_o be_v from_o the_o birth_n of_o rome_n ab_fw-la urbe_fw-la conditâ_fw-la which_o be_v the_o great_a epocha_n of_o the_o roman_n to_o the_o division_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n into_o ten_o kingdom_n which_o be_v after_o the_o death_n of_o valentinian_n the_o three_o about_o the_o year_n 455._o for_o then_o the_o empire_n be_v tear_v in_o piece_n between_o the_o greek_n the_o vandal_n the_o goth_n the_o burgundian_n etc._n etc._n it_o be_v i_o say_v divide_v into_o ten_o principal_a part_n the_o second_o period_n of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n be_v since_o the_o division_n of_o the_o empire_n among_o ten_o king_n &_o the_o reunion_n of_o those_o ten_o king_n under_o one_o sole_a head_n that_o call_v himself_o the_o universal_a bishop_n to_o the_o end_n of_o this_o monarchy_n &_o the_o come_n of_o the_o five_o which_o be_v that_o of_o j._n christ_n on_o the_o earth_n these_o two_o period_n be_v very_o near_o of_o the_o same_o length_n viz._n 1200_o year_n or_o a_o little_a more_o the_o lord_n j._n christ_n come_v into_o the_o world_n anno_fw-la v._n c._n 754._o or_o 752._o as_o dionysius_n the_o lesser_a pretend_v the_o empire_n be_v divide_v into_o ten_o kingdom_n about_o the_o year_n of_o j._n christ_n 455._o i_o e._n in_o the_o year_n 1209_o or_o 1207_o of_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n since_o that_o time_n under_o the_o roman_a &_o gothish_n king_n the_o count_a ab_fw-la urbe_fw-la conditâ_fw-la be_v continue_v till_o the_o time_n of_o dionysius_n the_o lesser_a asleep_o roman_a abbot_n a_o scythian_a by_o nation_n who_o die_v in_o the_o year_n 540_o according_a to_o baronius_n &_o who_o make_v his_o paschal_n cycle_n in_o the_o year_n 527._o it_o be_v about_o the_o year_n 530_o that_o the_o christian_a aera_fw-la begin_v to_o be_v in_o use_n &_o the_o count_a by_o the_o year_n of_o j._n christ_n then_o man_n leave_v off_o count_a ab_fw-la urbe_fw-la conditâ_fw-la after_o they_o have_v use_v this_o epocha_n about_o 1280_o year_n however_o that_o be_v the_o period_n from_o the_o build_n of_o rome_n to_o the_o division_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n among_o ten_o king_n be_v more_o than_o 1200_o year_n the_o second_o period_n of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n since_o its_o division_n among_o ten_o king_n to_o the_o end_n must_v be_v also_o above_o 1200_o year_n the_o prophecy_n make_v it_o 1260_o prophetical_a day_n i.e._n 1260_o year_n now_o we_o must_v observe_v that_o in_o the_o time_n of_o st._n john_n i_o e._n in_o the_o time_n when_o he_o write_v the_o revelation_n there_o be_v above_o two_o three_o of_o the_o first_o period_n of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n past_a &_o go_v for_o the_o write_v about_o the_o year_n 850_o after_o the_o build_n of_o the_o city_n there_o remain_v therefore_o but_o a_o little_a more_o than_o 350_o year_n of_o this_o first_o period_n but_o he_o have_v before_o he_o the_o whole_a entire_a second_o period_n of_o 1260_o year_n wherefore_o it_o be_v not_o very_o strange_a that_o he_o enlarge_v himself_o much_o more_o on_o this_o late_a part_n than_o on_o the_o former_a so_o that_o we_o shall_v not_o find_v proper_o more_o than_o two_o chapter_n the_o six_o &_o the_o eight_o that_o respect_v this_o first_o period_n of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n and_o all_o the_o rest_n from_o the_o nine_o ch_z inclusive_o to_o the_o 20_o exclusive_o contain_v the_o event_n that_o belong_v to_o the_o period_n of_o the_o 1260_o year_n which_o be_v the_o second_o of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n to_o render_v this_o truth_n more_o plain_a that_o the_o prophecy_n of_o daniel_n touch_v the_o four_o monarchy_n be_v the_o text_n on_o which_o the_o h._n spirit_n treat_v in_o the_o revelation_n we_o must_v here_o view_v the_o prophecy_n of_o daniel_n &_o apply_v it_o to_o divers_a part_n of_o that_o of_o st._n john._n after_o this_o i_o see_v in_o the_o night_n vision_n 7.7_o dan._n 7.7_o &_o behold_v a_o four_o beast_n dreadful_a &_o terrible_a &_o strong_a exceed_o &_o it_o have_v great_a iron_n tooth_n it_o devour_v &_o break_v in_o piece_n &_o stamp_v the_o residue_n with_o the_o foot_n of_o it_o &_o it_o be_v diverse_a from_o all_o the_o beast_n that_o be_v before_o it_o &_o it_o have_v ten_o horn_n daniel_n have_v ask_v the_o explication_n of_o this_o vision_n the_o angel_n say_v to_o he_o hereupon_o the_o four_o beast_n shall_v be_v the_o four_o kingdom_n on_o the_o earth_n 23._o v._o 23._o which_o shall_v be_v diverse_a from_o all_o kingdom_n &_o shall_v devour_v the_o whole_a earth_n &_o tread_v it_o down_o &_o break_v it_o in_o piece_n this_o refer_v to_o the_o establishment_n of_o this_o empire_n &_o its_o conquest_n that_o be_v begin_v under_o the_o consul_n &_o dictator_n &_o be_v finish_v under_o the_o emperor_n of_o which_o st._n john._n have_v see_v a_o part_n &_o some_o follow_v after_o he_o under_o who_o also_o the_o empire_n be_v always_o enlarge_v or_o at_o least_o preserve_v in_o its_o greatness_n even_o to_o the_o child_n of_o theodosius_n it_o break_v in_o
to_o find_v out_o the_o mystery_n of_o the_o seven_o seal_n &_o the_o seven_o trumpet_n we_o must_v here_o again_o bring_v in_o that_o observation_n which_o we_o a_o little_a before_o make_v in_o the_o forego_n ch._n viz._n that_o the_o revelation_n contain_v enigmatical_o the_o epitome_n of_o the_o history_n of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n that_o be_v to_o say_v of_o the_o roman_a empire_n a_o monarchy_n which_o according_a to_o daniel_n prophecy_n must_v last_v till_o the_o come_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o j._n christ_n on_o the_o earth_n i._n e._n to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o antichrist_n it_o be_v clear_a that_o the_o holy_a spirit_n be_v to_o insist_v only_o on_o this_o four_o monarchy_n without_o consider_v the_o other_o state_n &_o empire_n of_o the_o world_n because_o it_o be_v that_o only_a that_o daniel_n speak_v of_o after_o the_o three_o first_o beast_n who_o reign_n be_v certain_o pass_v in_o st._n john_n time_n moreover_o it_o be_v under_o this_o four_o monarchy_n &_o in_o the_o extent_n of_o its_o dominion_n that_o the_o christian_a church_n have_v receive_v its_o seat_n &_o its_o rule_n that_o christianity_n that_o be_v find_v beyond_o the_o extent_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n be_v almost_o nothing_o and_o therefore_o it_o be_v that_o the_o counsel_n which_o be_v assemble_v from_o the_o several_a part_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n be_v call_v ecumenical_a as_o represent_v the_o universal_a church_n now_o it_o be_v certain_a that_o all_o the_o prophecy_n have_v a_o mediate_v or_o a_o immediate_a relation_n to_o the_o church_n so_o that_o they_o ought_v to_o insist_v only_o on_o those_o state_n in_o which_o the_o church_n have_v be_v nourish_v &_o bring_v up_o there_o be_v a_o three_o reason_n why_o these_o prophecy_n can_v be_v understand_v but_o of_o the_o roman_a empire_n viz._n because_o the_o reign_n of_o antichrist_n which_o be_v the_o great_a affair_n that_o happen_v in_o the_o church_n &_o which_o must_v happen_v there_o be_v to_o make_v a_o part_n &_o a_o continuation_n of_o this_o roman_a empire_n for_o antichristianism_n be_v the_o roman_a empire_n continue_v this_o principle_n which_o i_o be_v willing_a to_o repeat_v here_o because_o of_o its_o importance_n will_v serve_v to_o answer_v those_o that_o say_v to_o we_o how_o know_v you_o that_o the_o prophecy_n of_o the_o revelation_n do_v not_o refer_v to_o china_n or_o tartary_n this_o objection_n do_v not_o seem_v to_o i_o to_o be_v worthy_a of_o understand_v person_n this_o be_v suppose_v that_o the_o revelation_n enigmatical_o contain_v the_o history_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n continue_v revelation_n the_o principal_a catastrophe_n happen_v in_o the_o roman_a empire_n be_v istinct_o note_v in_o the_o revelation_n it_o must_v also_o be_v necessary_o suppose_v that_o principal_a &_o great_a change_n that_o happen_v in_o this_o empire_n be_v describe_v in_o large_a character_n &_o with_o some_o note_n of_o distinction_n in_o the_o revelation_n otherwise_o the_o h._n spirit_n will_v not_o act_v according_a to_o his_o profound_a wisdom_n if_o in_o make_v a_o history_n of_o a_o empire_n he_o shall_v omit_v to_o mark_v the_o great_a catastrophe_n that_o be_v to_o happen_v therein_o or_o if_o he_o shall_v hide_v they_o &_o make_v they_o to_o pass_v without_o any_o character_n of_o distinction_n among_o the_o other_o less_o event_n we_o must_v therefore_o consider_v what_o be_v the_o principal_a event_n that_o have_v happen_v in_o the_o roman_a empire_n see_v here_o they_o be_v 1._o the_o fall_n of_o paganism_n when_o the_o roman_a emperor_n become_v christian_n this_o be_v so_o great_a a_o affair_n that_o it_o be_v impossible_a to_o suppose_v that_o the_o holy_a spirit_n shall_v have_v take_v no_o notice_n of_o it_o 2._o the_o fall_n of_o the_o temporal_a roman_a empire_n when_o it_o be_v divide_v into_o ten_o kingdom_n 3._o the_o erect_v a_o new_a roman_a empire_n or_o rather_o the_o continuation_n of_o the_o same_o under_o the_o rule_n of_o antichrist_n 4._o the_o birth_n of_o the_o saracen_n empire_n by_o the_o arabian_n that_o come_v to_o afflict_v the_o roman_a empire_n in_o its_o eastern_a branch_n i.e._n the_o empire_n of_o constantinople_n 5._o the_o power_n of_o the_o turk_n that_o come_v to_o finish_v the_o destruction_n of_o the_o greek_a branch_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n &_o to_o lay_v desolate_a the_o latin_a empire_n see_v the_o five_o great_a event_n that_o have_v change_v the_o face_n of_o the_o word_n &_o of_o the_o empire_n wherefore_o i_o be_o persuade_v these_o must_v be_v find_v in_o the_o revelation_n with_o character_n of_o distinction_n let_v we_o suppose_v therefore_o that_o in_o all_o the_o place_n where_o there_o be_v a_o notable_a distinction_n there_o we_o must_v find_v one_o of_o these_o notable_a event_n the_o first_o distinction_n be_v find_v at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o six_o seal_n after_o the_o open_n this_o seal_n there_o happen_v a_o great_a earthquake_n the_o sun_n be_v eclypse_v &_o the_o moon_n become_v red_a as_o blood_n the_o star_n fall_v afterward_o the_o vision_n of_o the_o seal_n be_v interrupt_v by_o a_o new_a vision_n that_o come_v between_o in_o which_o a_o angel_n mark_v the_o elect_a among_o the_o twelve_o tribe_n twelve_o thousand_o of_o every_o tribe_n after_o which_o the_o holy_a spirit_n return_v to_o the_o seven_o seal_n under_o which_o nothing_o be_v do_v beside_o the_o distribution_n of_o the_o seven_o trumpet_n to_o seven_o angel_n that_o must_v sound_v the_o successive_o it_o be_v clear_a this_o be_v a_o epocha_n a_o point_n on_o which_o the_o h._n spirit_n will_v have_v our_o thought_n to_o dwell_v this_o first_o character_n of_o distinction_n must_v to_o all_o appearance_n be_v affix_v to_o the_o first_o distinct_a event_n that_o happen_v in_o the_o roman_a empire_n that_o be_v the_o fall_n of_o paganism_n so_o that_o in_o the_o open_n of_o the_o six_o seal_n we_o must_v find_v the_o fall_n of_o the_o pagan_a religion_n the_o second_o very_o observable_a distinction_n be_v find_v at_o the_o four_o trumpet_n there_o the_o three_o part_n of_o the_o sun_n be_v in_o like_a mannereclypse_v the_o moon_n &_o the_o star_n suffer_v the_o like_a diminution_n in_o their_o light_n after_o which_o the_o process_n of_o the_o trumpet_n be_v interrupt_v by_o a_o new_a vision_n viz._n that_o of_o a_o angel_n that_o fly_v in_o the_o midst_n of_o heaven_n &_o cry_v three_o time_n woe_n to_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o the_o earth_n because_o of_o the_o three_o last_o trumpet_n which_o be_v yet_o to_o sound_v this_o be_v a_o evident_a distinction_n &_o this_o second_o distinction_n must_v signify_v to_o we_o the_o second_o distinct_a event_n in_o the_o roman_a empire_n viz._n its_o fall_n &_o division_n among_o ten_o king_n which_o come_v to_o pass_v after_o valentinian_n the_o 3d._n in_o the_o middle_n of_o the_o five_o age._n the_o make_v a_o new_a vision_n &_o a_o new_a angel_n cry_v woe_n there_o time_n go_v before_o the_o sound_a the_o 5_o trumpet_z be_v also_o a_o mark_n of_o distinction_n for_o that_o 5_o trumpet_z which_o signify_v to_o we_o that_o it_o be_v a_o event_n great_o distinguish_v in_o the_o history_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n and_o this_o three_o distinction_n can_v be_v apply_v to_o any_o thing_n but_o the_o three_o notable_a event_n that_o befall_v the_o roman_a empire_n viz._n the_o birth_n of_o the_o saracen_n empire_n by_o mahomet_n &_o his_o successor_n that_o do_v so_o cruel_o afflict_v the_o roman_a empire_n in_o the_o empire_n of_o constantinople_n which_o be_v the_o great_a &_o the_o most_o noble_a part_n of_o these_o ten_o into_o which_o this_o empire_n be_v divide_v the_o empire_n of_o the_o turk_n at_o the_o bottom_n be_v but_o a_o branch_n of_o the_o arabian_a &_o saracen_n empire_n wherefore_o it_o do_v not_o deserve_v so_o great_a a_o distinction_n as_o the_o other_o great_a event_n of_o which_o we_o have_v just_a now_o speak_v and_o yet_o the_o h._n spirit_n be_v content_a to_o distinguish_v it_o by_o a_o very_a long_a description_n the_o five_o &_o six_o trumpet_n contain_v a_o entire_a chapter_n whereas_o the_o four_o first_o trumpet_n be_v finish_v in_o 6._o or_o 7._o verse_n which_o signify_v that_o this_o five_o and_o six_o trumpet_n must_v be_v concern_v great_a affair_n and_o evil_n of_o a_o long_a duration_n as_o for_o that_o great_a event_n which_o be_v to_o happen_v in_o the_o roman_a empire_n which_o wereckon_v for_o the_o three_o viz._n the_o erection_n of_o a_o new_a roman_a empire_n or_o the_o continuation_n of_o the_o same_o empire_n under_o the_o new_a name_n of_o the_o pope_n and_o the_o roman_a church_n it_o be_v so_o great_a a_o affair_n that_o the_o holy_a spirit_n will_v not_o bring_v it_o into_o the_o first_o part_n of_o the_o revelation_n he_o have_v reserve_v it_o to_o make_v it_o the_o subject_a
say_v we_o must_v find_v the_o fall_n of_o paganism_n indeed_o a_o little_a time_n after_o dioclesian_n constantine_n ascend_v the_o throne_n of_o the_o emperor_n &_o make_v the_o christian_a religion_n reign_n he_o &_o his_o successor_n ruin_v paganism_n this_o fall_n of_o the_o pagan_a religion_n be_v thus_o represent_v to_o we_o and_o i_o behold_v when_o he_o have_v open_v the_o six_o seal_n &_o lo_o there_o be_v a_o great_a earthquake_n 12._o v._o 12._o &_o the_o sun_n become_v black_a as_o sackcloth_n of_o hair_n &_o the_o moon_n become_v red_a as_o blood_n and_o the_o star_n of_o heaven_n fall_v to_o the_o earth_n even_o as_o a_o figtree_n cast_v her_o untimely_a fig_n 13._o v._o 13._o when_o she_o be_v shake_v of_o a_o mighty_a wind._n and_o the_o heaven_n depart_v as_o a_o scroll_n when_o it_o be_v roll_v together_o 14._o v._o 14._o &_o every_o mountain_n &_o island_n be_v move_v out_o of_o their_o place_n and_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n 15._o v._o 15._o &_o the_o great_a man_n &_o the_o rich_a man_n &_o the_o chief_a captain_n &_o the_o mighty_a man_n &_o every_o bondman_n &_o every_o freeman_n his_o themselves_o in_o the_o den_n &_o in_o the_o rock_n of_o the_o mountain_n and_o say_v to_o the_o mountain_n &_o rock_n 16._o v._o 16._o fall_v on_o we_o &_o hide_v we_o from_o the_o face_n of_o he_o that_o sit_v on_o the_o throne_n &_o from_o the_o wrath_n of_o the_o lamb._n for_o the_o great_a day_n of_o his_o wrath_n be_v come_v 17._o v._o 17._o &_o who_o shall_v be_v able_a to_o stand_v faganism_n the_o fixth_a trumpet_n contain_v the_o fall_n of_o faganism_n all_o these_o image_n be_v borrow_v from_o the_o last_o judgement_n wherefore_o they_o be_v usual_o apply_v to_o it_o because_o indeed_o this_o fall_n of_o paganism_n be_v the_o most_o terrible_a judgement_n that_o yet_o ever_o fall_v since_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o world_n on_o the_o devil_n empire_n we_o must_v know_v that_o in_o the_o whole_a revelation_n we_o see_v these_o three_o head_n reign_v the_o dragon_n the_o beast_n the_o false_a prophet_n the_o dragon_n be_v the_o devil_n the_o beast_n be_v the_o roman_a empire_n the_o false_a prophet_n be_v the_o pope_n the_o dragon_n have_v two_o empire_n the_o first_o be_v pure_a paganism_n &_o pure_o pagan_a the_o second_o be_v antichristian_a paganism_n mingle_v with_o christianity_n see_v here_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o first_o empire_n that_o be_v the_o pure_o pagan_a empire_n of_o the_o dragon_n 1._o there_o be_v a_o great_a earthquake_n in_o the_o style_n of_o the_o prophet_n &_o particular_o of_o st._n john_n a_o earthquake_n always_o signify_v a_o change_n of_o the_o face_n of_o affair_n in_o the_o world_n because_o earthquake_n overturn_v the_o earth_n &_o make_v it_o change_v its_o face_n now_o what_o change_n of_o the_o face_n of_o affair_n in_o the_o world_n can_v be_v imagine_v great_a than_o that_o which_o happen_v under_o constantine_n &_o his_o successor_n the_o church_n have_v be_v beat_v down_o massacre_v it_o be_v bathe_v in_o its_o own_o blood_n &_o all_o on_o a_o sudden_a behold_v it_o be_v the_o mistress_n of_o the_o world_n it_o be_v become_v rich_a &_o powerful_a it_o build_v stately_a temple_n it_o overturn_v the_o temple_n of_o idol_n 2._o the_o sun_n become_v black_a as_o sackcloth_n we_o must_v hold_v it_o for_o certain_a that_o the_o sun_n the_o moon_n &_o the_o star_n in_o the_o revelation_n always_o signify_v the_o sovereign_n the_o dignity_n &_o power_n of_o the_o empire_n treat_v of_o we_o shall_v afterward_o see_v this_o every_o where_n here_o the_o empire_n treat_v of_o be_v that_o of_o the_o red_a dragon_n viz._n the_o devil_n so_o that_o the_o sun_n be_v the_o sovereign_n of_o that_o empire_n who_o be_v the_o devil_n himself_o the_o moon_n be_v the_o pagan_a religion_n which_o borrow_v all_o its_o power_n from_o the_o devil_n as_o the_o moon_n take_v all_o its_o light_n from_o the_o sun._n the_o star_n be_v the_o pontifexes_n &_o priest_n of_o paganism_n all_o these_o power_n suffer_v a_o eclipse_n be_v destroy_v by_o the_o christian_a emperor_n &_o tumble_v to_o the_o ground_n like_o fig_n by_o a_o great_a wind_n 3._o every_o mountain_n &_o every_o isle_n be_v remove_v out_o of_o their_o place_n i._n e._n the_o temple_n the_o idol_n the_o city_n the_o place_n peculiar_o consecrate_v to_o the_o devotion_n of_o certain_a pagan_a divinity_n be_v change_v &_o superstition_n therein_o be_v abolish_v the_o hand_n of_o god_n fall_v heavy_o on_o the_o god_n of_o the_o roman_n as_o former_o it_o do_v on_o the_o god_n of_o the_o egyptian_n 4._o last_o the_o king_n &_o all_o man_n of_o every_o age_n &_o condition_n be_v exceed_o terrify_v run_v up_o &_o down_o flee_v hide_v themselves_o &_o endeavour_v to_o escape_v the_o judgement_n &_o the_o wrath_n of_o god._n one_o may_v have_v see_v above_o a_o hundred_o time_n more_o than_o what_o the_o prophet_n here_o say_v if_o one_o can_v have_v see_v the_o commotion_n that_o then_o happen_v the_o terror_n the_o distress_n the_o fright_n that_o the_o invisible_a empire_n of_o demon_n suffer_v at_o the_o fall_n of_o paganism_n all_o that_o the_o devil_n suffer_v at_o the_o come_n of_o j._n christ_n into_o the_o world_n be_v nothing_o in_o comparison_n of_o this_o he_o reign_v notwithstanding_o he_o be_v master_n of_o empire_n crown_n temple_n altar_n but_o all_o on_o a_o sudden_a &_o at_o that_o very_a time_n when_o he_o think_v he_o have_v entire_o ruin_v the_o empire_n of_o j._n christ_n by_o the_o persecution_n of_o dioclesian_n behold_v he_o himself_o cast_v down_o on_o the_o earth_n it_o be_v easy_a to_o judge_n that_o the_o horror_n &_o commotion_n of_o the_o evil_a spirit_n be_v unconceivable_a and_o moreover_o who_o can_v doubt_v but_o that_o this_o great_a body_n of_o pontifexes_n priest_n &_o pagan_a minister_n feel_v a_o prodigious_a commotion_n when_o constantine_n turn_v christian_n &_o his_o successor_n beat_v down_o &_o ruin_v all_o the_o temple_n of_o the_o idol_n history_n tell_v we_o enough_o of_o this_o &_o though_o it_o say_v nothing_o it_o will_v be_v very_o easy_a to_o apprehend_v that_o the_o image_n here_o make_v use_n of_o be_v not_o too_o lively_a to_o represent_v the_o commotion_n of_o the_o heathen_n &_o of_o paganism_n this_o period_n bring_v we_o to_o theodosius_n the_o great_a under_o who_o paganism_n expire_v but_o after_o who_o also_o the_o glory_n &_o quiet_a of_o the_o empire_n be_v quite_o lose_v as_o we_o shall_v see_v hereafter_o the_o greatness_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n &_o paganism_n fall_v at_o the_o same_o time_n this_o be_v a_o great_a matter_n of_o triumph_n to_o the_o pagan_n who_o say_v the_o god_n have_v abandon_v the_o empire_n since_o their_o altar_n have_v be_v beat_v down_o but_o god_n be_v provide_v for_o great_a event_n &_o it_o be_v necessary_a the_o temporal_a empire_n shall_v fall_v to_o make_v way_n for_o the_o spiritual_a empire_n of_o antichrist_n chap._n vi_o a_o explication_n of_o the_o four_o first_o trumpet_n which_o be_v the_o five_o degree_n of_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n or_o the_o sovereignty_n of_o rome_n the_o 7_o ch._n be_v a_o vision_n that_o interrupt_v the_o course_n of_o the_o seven_o seal_n ch._n the_o mystery_n of_o the_o 144_o thousand_o seal_a person_n in_o the_o seven_o ch._n here_o god_n cause_v his_o elect_n to_o be_v seal_v &_o their_o number_n amount_v to_o 144_o thousand_o we_o shall_v see_v in_o the_o process_n of_o this_o discourse_n that_o 144_o be_v a_o sacred_a number_n appoint_v to_o signify_v the_o church_n a_o number_n that_o arise_v from_o twelve_o multiply_v by_o itself_o for_o the_o present_a it_o be_v sufficient_a to_o observe_v that_o god_n take_v the_o time_n between_o the_o six_o seal_n &_o the_o first_o trumpet_n to_o cause_v his_o elect_a to_o be_v seal_v because_o more_o unhappy_a sad_a &_o much_o more_o fatal_a time_n be_v at_o hand_n than_o the_o forego_n once_o in_o the_o age_n of_o the_o heathen_a emperor_n &_o under_o the_o seal_n there_o be_v cruel_a persecution_n man_n have_v suffer_v much_o in_o their_o body_n but_o under_o the_o trumpet_n must_v come_v the_o dark_a kingdom_n of_o antichrist_n wherein_o the_o soul_n of_o the_o christian-church_n must_v be_v attack_v with_o spiritual_a temptation_n be_v swallow_v up_o in_o superstition_n &_o idolatry_n &_o that_o in_o such_o a_o manner_n that_o the_o number_n of_o the_o faithful_a shall_v be_v almost_o as_o nothing_o the_o 144_o thousand_o signify_v the_o church_n the_o pure_a church_n under_o antichrist_n reign_v now_o 144_o thousand_o be_v almost_o nothing_o in_o comparison_n of_o that_o innumerable_a multitude_n that_o be_v in_o the_o reign_n of_o antichrist_n this_o little_a number_n therefore_o be_v to_o be_v seal_v to_o the_o end_n
into_o the_o lesser_a water_n for_o here_o a_o mountain_n of_o fire_n be_v much_o more_o than_o a_o star_n of_o fire_n though_o in_o truth_n a_o star_n be_v a_o thousand_o &_o a_o thousand_o time_n big_a than_o a_o mountain_n but_o the_o h._n spirit_n frame_v his_o speech_n according_a to_o appearance_n &_o have_v chief_o be_v spect_v to_o those_o fire_n that_o be_v often_o see_v fall_v from_o heaven_n which_o be_v call_v falling-star_n joseph_n mede_n with_o all_o other_o interpreter_n will_v find_v in_o this_o mountain_n of_o fire_n &_o this_o star-like_a a_o lamp_n much_o more_o of_o mystery_n than_o be_v in_o it_o pretend_v that_o this_o mean_v some_o great_a person_n distinguish_v by_o his_o dignity_n as_o a_o king_n or_o a_o emperor_n or_o by_o his_o knowledge_n as_o a_o great_a doctor_n therefore_o many_o by_o this_o star_n understand_v a_o great_a prophet_n but_o it_o be_v not_o so_o this_o must_v be_v explain_v with_o relation_n to_o the_o first_o trumpet_n &_o we_o must_v know_v that_o this_o be_v but_o the_o sequel_n of_o the_o history_n of_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n by_o the_o barbarian_n the_o first_o part_n of_o this_o destruction_n be_v but_o hail_v mingle_v with_o fire_n a_o common_a storm_n &_o such_o as_o often_o happen_v in_o summer_n wherein_o thunder_n &_o lightning_n in_o hot_a country_n be_v always_o mingle_v with_o the_o hail_n but_o afterward_o this_o inundation_n of_o the_o barbarian_n increase_v in_o such_o a_o manner_n that_o it_o be_v no_o long_o a_o ordinary_a storm_n there_o fall_v not_o only_a fire_n mingle_v with_o water_n &_o hail_n this_o storm_n become_v whole_o pure_a fire_n a_o fall_n of_o terrible_a lightning_n a_o true_a mountain_n of_o fire_n that_o fall_v on_o the_o roman_a empire_n &_o overwhelmed_a it_o afterward_o the_o fire_n continue_v to_o fall_v on_o a_o three_o part_n in_o truth_n no_o long_o as_o a_o mountain_n but_o as_o a_o firebrand_n such_o as_o the_o star_n be_v that_o appear_v to_o fall_v in_o the_o air_n see_v therefore_o here_o three_o fire_n the_o first_o be_v mingle_v with_o hail_n the_o second_o be_v mere_a fire_n &_o great_a as_o a_o mountain_n the_o three_o be_v as_o a_o great_a lamp._n the_o first_o afflict_v the_o tree_n of_o europe_n or_o of_o the_o three_o part_n of_o the_o world._n the_o second_o fall_v into_o the_o sea_n &_o change_v it_o into_o blood_n the_o three_o fall_v on_o the_o river_n &_o fountain_n &_o make_v their_o water_n bitter_a this_o evident_o signify_v the_o three_o first_o degree_n of_o the_o barbarian_n invasion_n they_o come_v at_o first_o like_o fire_n mingle_v with_o hail_n which_o burn_v the_o tree_n like_o a_o storm_n that_o spoil_v the_o fruit_n of_o the_o earth_n they_o pillage_v the_o good_n &_o the_o riches_n of_o the_o empire_n rome_n the_o mountain_n of_o fire_n that_o fall_v into_o the_o sea_n be_v alario_n that_o make_v italy_n desolate_a &_o take_v rome_n 2_o they_o come_v like_o a_o meet_a fire_n that_o consume_v &_o devour_v they_o fall_v on_o the_o sea_n by_o that_o i_o understand_v the_o people_n of_o italy_n the_o take_n of_o rome_n by_o alaric_n italy_n be_v in_o respect_n to_o the_o roman_a empire_n what_o the_o sea_n be_v in_o respect_n to_o the_o river_n the_o sea_n be_v the_o centre_n &_o the_o river_n be_v all_o round_a about_o it_o the_o sea_n be_v the_o gulf_n &_o the_o river_n come_v from_o all_o part_n to_o pay_v their_o tribute_n to_o this_o gulf_n rome_n &_o italy_n be_v the_o midst_n of_o the_o empire_n rome_n be_v the_o sea_n whither_o all_o the_o province_n come_v to_o pay_v their_o tribute_n &_o their_o riches_n alaric_n &_o his_o goth_n fall_v like_o a_o burn_a mountain_n on_o italy_n &_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n he_o take_v it_o and_z sacks_z it_z this_o sea_n become_v blood_n italy_n be_v fill_v with_o slaughter_n after_o this_o the_o barbarian_n suffer_v themselves_o to_o be_v appease_v alaric_n after_o he_o have_v take_v rome_n and_o make_v there_o a_o new_a emperor_n name_v attalus_n with_o who_o he_o go_v to_o besiege_v honorius_n in_o ravenna_n give_v peace_n to_o honorius_n quit_v italy_n retire_v among_o the_o gaull_n where_o with_o his_o goth_n he_o establishthimself_n the_o vandal_n possess_v spain_n the_o burgundian_n stay_v on_o the_o rhone_n the_o huns_n inhabit_v pannonia_n and_o then_o the_o fountain_n &_o the_o water_n i.e._n the_o people_n that_o depend_v on_o rome_n feel_v the_o force_n of_o this_o fire_n of_o the_o judgement_n of_o god._n but_o this_o fire_n do_v not_o turn_v the_o water_n into_o blood_n because_o then_o the_o slaughter_n cease_v the_o opposition_n cease_v the_o barbarian_n see_v themselves_o master_n but_o they_o turn_v the_o river_n and_o the_o fountain_n into_o wormwood_n i._n e._n they_o reduce_v the_o roman_a province_n into_o a_o bitter_a servitude_n and_o by_o reason_n of_o this_o the_o name_n of_o wormwood_n be_v give_v this_o last_o fire_n that_o be_v to_o say_v this_o last_o judgement_n and_o punishment_n less_o than_o the_o former_a but_o yet_o so_o great_a as_o to_o make_v the_o people_n live_v in_o bitterness_n for_o the_o goth_n spoil_v they_o of_o their_o land_n &_o good_n see_v the_o mystery_n of_o the_o second_o and_o three_o trumpet_n i_o have_v no_o need_n to_o give_v notice_n that_o the_o three_o part_n of_o the_o sea_n and_o the_o three_o part_n of_o the_o river_n signify_v the_o sea_n and_o the_o river_n of_o the_o three_o part_n of_o the_o world_n i._n e._n of_o europe_n for_o i_o have_v give_v notice_n already_o of_o that_o once_o for_o all_o in_o truth_n they_o be_v the_o people_n of_o europe_n that_o suffer_v these_o desolation_n v._o 12._o and_o the_o four_o angel_n sound_v and_o a_o three_o part_n of_o the_o sun_n be_v smite_v and_o the_o three_o part_n of_o the_o moon_n and_o the_o three_o part_n of_o the_o star_n so_o as_o the_o three_o part_n of_o they_o be_v darken_v and_o the_o day_n shine_v not_o for_o a_o three_o part_n of_o it_o and_o the_o night_n likewise_o empire_n the_o fall_n of_o the_o reman_n empire_n it_o be_v still_o the_o same_o figure_n that_o rule_v that_o be_v to_o say_v that_o the_o sun_n of_o europe_n which_o be_v the_o three_o part_n of_o the_o world_n be_v darken_v in_o like_a manner_n the_o moon_n and_o star_n we_o must_v remember_v that_o in_o the_o prophecy_n the_o sun_n moon_n and_o star_n always_o signify_v the_o power_n of_o a_o state._n the_o heaven_n of_o the_o politic_a world_n be_v the_o superior_a region_n of_o dignity_n that_o shed_v kind_a or_o malignant_a influence_n on_o the_o people_n we_o shall_v see_v this_o constant_o observe_v in_o this_o book_n in_o such_o manner_n that_o in_o all_o place_n where_o the_o sun_n moon_n and_o eclipse_n be_v speak_v of_o it_o be_v unquestionable_a that_o we_o must_v understand_v the_o darken_n and_o destruction_n of_o the_o sovereign_a power_n in_o the_o state_n or_o empire_n speak_v of_o now_o what_o empire_n be_v it_o that_o be_v here_o speak_v of_o it_o be_v the_o empire_n of_o rome_n for_o yet_o once_o more_o we_o must_v stick_v to_o this_o principle_n as_o one_o of_o the_o principal_a key_n of_o the_o revelation_n viz._n that_o it_o move_v whole_o on_o the_o roman_a empire_n and_o that_o it_o be_v proper_o nothing_o but_o a_o comment_n on_o what_o be_v say_v of_o the_o four_o beast_n in_o the_o seven_o chap._n of_o daniel_n the_o roman_a empire_n and_o în_v part_v the_o invasion_n of_o it_o by_o the_o goth_n and_o other_o barbarian_n be_v here_o treat_v of_o there_o be_v no_o room_n for_o doubt_v but_o that_o the_o sun_n of_o the_o three_o part_n of_o the_o world_n which_o be_v smite_v signify_v the_o sovereign_n of_o rome_n the_o roman_a emperor_n the_o moon_n be_v the_o imperial_a dignity_n the_o star_n be_v the_o grandee_n of_o the_o empire_n and_o it_o be_v the_o extinction_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n of_o italy_n that_o happen_v in_o the_o year_n 455._o after_o the_o death_n of_o valentinian_n the_o 3d_o when_o genseric_n come_v from_o africa_n with_o his_o vandal_n take_v rome_n and_o sack_v it_o fifteen_o day_n one_o after_o another_o after_o which_o the_o empire_n be_v tear_v among_o tell_v king_n according_a as_o st._n john_n foretell_v it_o in_o the_o sequel_n of_o this_o book_n chap._n vii_o a_o explication_n of_o the_o vision_n of_o the_o five_o &_o six_o trumpet_n wherein_o be_v see_v the_o empire_n of_o the_o saracen_n &_o turk_n this_o fall_n of_o the_o imperial_a dignity_n at_o rome_n in_o the_o four_o monarchy_n be_v a_o great_a affair_n therefore_o the_o h._n spirit_n stay_v upon_o it_o &_o make_v a_o pause_n as_o a_o mark_n of_o distinction_n as_o we_o have_v before_o observe_v but_o that_o which_o follow_v also_o be_v a_o great_a affair_n
and_o when_o the_o seven_o thunder_n have_v utter_v their_o voice_n 4._o v._o 4._o i_o be_v about_o to_o write_v vision_n a_o seal_a vision_n be_v a_o obscure_a vision_n &_o i_o hear_v a_o voice_n from_o heaven_n say_v unto_o i_o seal_v up_o those_o thing_n which_o the_o seven_o thunder_n utter_v &_o write_v they_o not_o a_o seal_a book_n a_o write_n a_o word_n seal_v according_a to_o the_o style_n of_o the_o scripture_n be_v a_o word_n that_o be_v not_o understand_v 29.11_o 1_n 29.11_o the_o vision_n of_o all_o be_v say_v esay_n as_o a_o book_n that_o be_v seal_v that_o be_v to_o say_v you_o shall_v not_o understand_v it_o god_n say_v to_o daniel_n seal_v up_o the_o vision_n 8.26_o dan._n 8.26_o for_o it_o shall_v be_v for_o many_o day_n and_o in_o another_o place_n o_o daniel_n shut_v up_o the_o word_n 12.4_o dan_n 12.4_o &_o seal_v the_o book_n even_o to_o the_o time_n of_o the_o end_n many_o shall_v run_v to_o &_o fro_o &_o knowledge_n shall_v be_v increase_v that_o be_v to_o say_v god_n will_v not_o have_v the_o prophecy_n be_v understand_v till_o a_o certain_a time_n in_o like_a manner_n the_o prophecy_n that_o respect_v antichrist_n be_v seal_v up_o till_o a_o appoint_a time_n for_o above_o ten_o whole_a age_n nothing_o of_o it_o be_v understand_v or_o so_o little_a that_o it_o be_v to_o be_v reckon_v as_o nothing_o and_o write_v they_o not_o that_o be_v to_o say_v do_v not_o express_v they_o in_o such_o term_n that_o in_o they_o the_o event_n may_v be_v read_v at_o least_o not_o very_o soon_o v._o 5._o and_o the_o angel_n which_o i_o see_v stand_v upon_o the_o sea_n and_o upon_o the_o earth_n lift_v up_o his_o hand_n to_o heaven_n v._o 6._o and_o swear_v by_o he_o that_o live_v forever_o and_o ever_o who_o create_v heaven_n and_o the_o thing_n that_o therein_o be_v and_o the_o earth_n and_o the_o thing_n that_o therein_o be_v and_o the_o sea_n and_o the_o thing_n which_o be_v therein_o that_o there_o shall_v be_v time_n no_o long_o v._o 7_o but_o in_o the_o day_n of_o the_o voice_n of_o the_o seven_o angle_n when_o he_o shall_v begin_v to_o sound_v the_o mystery_n of_o god_n shall_v be_v finish_v as_o he_o have_v declare_v to_o his_o servant_n the_o prophet_n sound_v when_o the_o last_o trumpet_n must_v sound_v the_o voice_n of_o the_o seven_o trumpet_n be_v that_o which_o must_v sound_v at_o the_o moment_n of_o the_o last_o fall_n of_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n when_o popery_n shall_v be_v destroy_v then_o all_o the_o nation_n shall_v turn_v unto_o god_n to_o make_v up_o the_o kingdom_n of_o jesus_n christ_n that_o be_v yet_o to_o come_v as_o appear_v by_o these_o word_n the_o seven_o angel_n sound_v 11.15_o ch._n 11.15_o and_o there_o be_v great_a voice_n in_o heaven_n say_v the_o kingdom_n of_o this_o world_n be_v become_v the_o kingdom_n of_o our_o lord_n and_o of_o his_o christ_n and_o he_o shall_v reign_v forever_o and_o ever_o here_o our_o angel_n swear_v that_o in_o that_o time_n that_o be_v to_o say_v when_o the_o kingdom_n shall_v be_v reduce_v to_o jesus_n christ_n time_n shall_v be_v no_o long_o time_n in_o this_o place_n be_v not_o oppose_v to_o eternity_n as_o if_o the_o angel_n will_v say_v that_o then_o the_o world_n shall_v end_v and_o eternity_n begin_v but_o his_o meaning_n be_v that_o the_o time_n afford_v to_o antichrist_n shall_v be_v end_v &_o shall_v be_v no_o more_o it_o must_v be_v remember_v that_o the_o holy_a spirit_n as_o well_o by_o the_o mouth_n of_o daniel_n as_o by_o that_o of_o st._n john_n assign_v to_o antichrist_n a_o time_n time_n &_o half_o a_o time_n this_o shall_v be_v no_o more_o there_o shall_v not_o be_v neither_o time_n nor_o time_n nor_o half_a a_o time_n for_o antichrist_n time_n shall_v be_v no_o more_o for_o his_o reign_n it_o shall_v be_v the_o time_n of_o his_o total_a destruction_n then_o the_o mystery_n of_o god_n shall_v be_v finish_v as_o he_o have_v declare_v to_o his_o servant_n the_o prophet_n viz._n the_o mystery_n of_o this_o glorious_a reign_n of_o jesus_n christ_n on_o the_o earth_n which_o have_v be_v foretell_v by_o all_o the_o prophet_n in_o so_o magnificent_a a_o manner_n as_o we_o shall_v show_v in_o the_o process_n of_o this_o work_n &_o which_o daniel_n see_v so_o clear_o as_o to_o mark_v the_o time_n &_o circumstance_n of_o it_o and_o the_o voice_n which_o i_o hear_v from_o heaven_n 8_o v._o 8_o speak_v to_o i_o again_o &_o say_v go_v &_o take_v the_o little_a book_n which_o be_v open_a in_o the_o hand_n of_o the_o angel_n which_o stand_v upon_o the_o sea_n &_o upon_o the_o earth_n and_o i_o go_v unto_o the_o angel_n 9_o v._o 9_o &_o say_v unto_o he_o give_v i_o the_o little_a book_n and_o he_o say_v unto_o i_o take_v it_o &_o eat_v it_o up_o &_o it_o shall_v make_v thy_o belly_n bitter_a but_o it_o shall_v be_v in_o thy_o mouth_n sweet_a as_o honey_n the_o voice_n which_o he_o hear_v from_o heaven_n be_v the_o same_o as_o speak_v to_o he_o in_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o book_n i_o be_v in_o the_o spirit_n on_o the_o lord_n day_n &_o hear_v behind_o i_o a_o great_a voice_n as_o of_o a_o trumpet_n say_v i_o be_o alpha_n &_o omega_n the_o first_o &_o the_o last_o and_o this_o also_o show_v that_o this_o here_o be_v a_o new_a prophecy_n &_o not_o the_o continuation_n of_o the_o first_o for_o the_o same_o voice_n of_o god_n the_o father_n that_o begin_v the_o first_o revelation_n return_n &_o begin_v the_o second_o as_o the_o same_o jesus_n christ_n also_o appear_v again_o a_o second_o time_n saint_n john_n receive_v the_o book_n from_o the_o hand_n of_o the_o angel_n that_o be_v to_o say_v of_o jesus_n christ_n because_o it_o be_v he_o that_o send_v the_o prophet_n &_o that_o inspire_v they_o by_o his_o spirit_n this_o little_a book_n be_v saveet_a in_o saint_n john_n mouth_n because_o the_o spirit_n of_o prophecy_n &_o the_o glory_n of_o be_v the_o mouth_n of_o god_n from_o heaven_n please_v the_o inclination_n of_o man_n that_o love_v honour_n but_o this_o little_a book_n make_v his_o belly_n bitter_a because_o that_o after_o have_v reflect_v on_o the_o event_n which_o he_o be_v about_o to_o foretell_v after_o have_v digest_v &_o consider_v they_o in_o his_o own_o breast_n he_o find_v they_o so_o dreadful_a that_o they_o fill_v his_o soul_n with_o sorrow_n and_o he_o say_v unto_o i_o 11._o v._o 11._o thou_o must_v prophesy_v again_o before_o many_o people_n &_o nation_n &_o tongue_n &_o king_n these_o word_n do_v no_o long_o leave_v any_o cause_n of_o doubt_v whether_o this_o be_v a_o new_a prophecy_n &_o not_o a_o continuation_n of_o the_o first_o thou_o must_v make_v a_o second_o prophecy_n to_o king_n people_n &_o nation_n &_o whereas_o what_o thou_o have_v prophesy_v to_o they_o respect_v their_o temporal_a state_n for_o the_o future_a that_o which_o thou_o shall_v foretell_v they_o respect_v their_o spiritual_a state_n &_o the_o thing_n of_o religion_n chap._n ix_o a_o short_a system_fw-la of_o all_o the_o event_n of_o the_o church_n which_o be_v note_v in_o the_o apocalypse_n &_o first_o of_o all_o a_o epitome_n of_o the_o chronology_n apocalypse_n the_o history_n of_o the_o church_n be_v not_o to_o be_v find_v but_o in_o the_o last_o eleven_o chapter_n of_o the_o apocalypse_n we_o must_v not_o seek_v for_o the_o history_n of_o the_o church_n in_o the_o first_o nine_o chapter_n of_o the_o apocalypse_n joseph_n mede_n be_v the_o first_o that_o have_v discover_v that_o the_o apocalypse_n consist_v of_o two_o body_n of_o revelation_n mean_v by_o two_o book_n the_o first_o of_o which_o we_o find_v in_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o five_o chapter_n v._o 1._o and_o i_o see_v in_o the_o right_a hand_n of_o he_o that_o sit_v on_o the_o throne_n a_o book_n write_v within_o &_o on_o the_o back_n side_n seal_v with_o seven_o seal_n the_o other_o we_o find_v in_o the_o 10._o chap._n v._o 2._o and_o he_o have_v in_o his_o hand_n a_o little_a book_n open_a &_o he_o set_v his_o right_a foot_n upon_o the_o sea_n &_o his_o left_a foot_n on_o the_o earth_n it_o be_v plain_a that_o these_o two_o book_n be_v two_o body_n of_o revelation_n perfect_a in_o their_o kind_n &_o different_a each_o from_o the_o other_o that_o both_o the_o one_o &_o the_o other_o run_v through_o all_o &_o reach_v to_o all_o the_o time_n from_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o revelation_n of_o st._n john_n even_o to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world._n one_o can_v imagine_v any_o thing_n more_o reasonable_a than_o this_o that_o the_o first_o book_n contain_v the_o destiny_n of_o the_o world_n the_o empire_n &_o the_o church_n also_o in_o respect_n to_o her_o temporal_a &_o as_o far_o as_o she_o be_v
to_o re-establish_a the_o law_n of_o moses_n that_o he_o must_v set_v on_o foot_n again_o the_o levitical_a worship_n how_o will_v the_o jew_n receive_v he_o for_o their_o messiah_n if_o he_o be_v so_o wicked_a a_o person_n as_o not_o to_o believe_v there_o be_v a_o god_n to_o what_o purpose_n shall_v he_o rebuild_v the_o temple_n of_o jerusalem_n and_o why_o shall_v he_o offer_v sacrifice_n to_o god_n in_o it_o if_o he_o make_v himself_o to_o be_v worship_v as_o the_o only_a god_n beside_o it_o be_v clear_a enough_o that_o the_o pope_n cause_v himself_o to_o be_v adore_v like_o a_o god_n though_o he_o do_v not_o call_v himself_o either_o the_o only_a god_n or_o the_o great_a god._n antichrist_n germany_n be_v not_o the_o roman_a empire_n that_o must_v be_v divide_v among_o ten_o king_n under_o antichrist_n xvi_o he_o be_v not_o to_o come_v till_o the_o roman_a empire_n be_v entire_o destroy_v we_o shall_v afterward_o take_v a_o occasion_n to_o examine_v this_o in_o the_o mean_a time_n consider_v what_o absurdity_n these_o man_n run_v themselves_o into_o according_a to_o they_o the_o roman_a empire_n do_v yet_o subsist_v viz._n in_o the_o branch_n of_o germany_n according_a to_o they_o at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n the_o roman_a empire_n shall_v be_v divide_v among_o ten_o king_n that_o shall_v be_v the_o friend_n the_o cotemporaries_a and_o the_o supporter_n of_o antichrist_n that_o be_v to_o say_v the_o empire_n of_o germany_n shall_v be_v divide_v into_o ten_o kingdom_n those_o will_v be_v notable_a kingdom_n those_o ten_o kingdom_n on_o the_o other_o side_n the_o rhine_n and_o do_v well_o deserve_v a_o place_n even_o ten_o time_n over_o in_o the_o prophecy_n of_o daniel_n and_o st._n john_n if_o antichrist_n must_v not_o come_v till_o the_o roman_a empire_n be_v destroy_v why_o do_v they_o confess_v that_o the_o little_a horn_n in_o the_o 7_o chapt._n of_o daniel_n be_v antichrist_n this_o horn_n do_v it_o not_o play_v the_o part_n of_o the_o four_o beast_n i.e._n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n why_o do_v these_o gentleman_n agree_v to_o this_o that_o antichrist_n be_v the_o seven_o head_n of_o the_o first_o beast_n in_o the_o 13_o of_o the_o revelation_n which_o they_o together_o with_o we_o acknowledge_v to_o be_v the_o roman_a empire_n why_o do_v bellarmine_n grant_v that_o antichrist_n be_v to_o be_v the_o last_o roman_a emperor_n the_o roman_a empire_n therefore_o shall_v not_o be_v destroy_v when_o antichrist_n shall_v come_v because_o that_o empire_n shall_v continue_v under_o he_o world._n antichrist_n must_v come_v before_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world._n xvii_o he_o be_v not_o to_o come_v but_o just_a at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world._n he_o be_v not_o to_o come_v till_o the_o last_o time_n but_o we_o shall_v hereafter_o examine_v whether_o the_o last_o time_n signify_v the_o three_o last_o year_n before_o the_o day_n of_o judgement_n and_o when_o we_o shall_v have_v prove_v that_o the_o 1260_o day_n of_o antichrist_n reign_n be_v so_o many_o year_n this_o point_n will_v be_v clear_v up_o world_n the_o gospel_n have_v be_v preach_v almost_o throughout_o the_o world_n xviii_o before_o he_o come_v the_o gospel_n must_v have_v be_v preach_v throughout_o all_o the_o world._n indeed_o before_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n do_v appear_v and_o be_v perceivable_a the_o gospel_n have_v be_v preach_v in_o that_o which_o they_o call_v the_o whole_a world_n from_o the_o time_n of_o the_o apostle_n in_o all_o the_o extent_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n and_o beyond_o it_o in_o all_o the_o then_o know_a world_n in_o the_o country_n which_o they_o know_v be_v inhabit_v and_o where_o they_o can_v enter_v without_o be_v hinder_v by_o the_o barbarity_n of_o those_o that_o dwell_v there_o but_o this_o universal_a preach_v throughout_o all_o the_o earth_n without_o exception_n must_v be_v consequent_a upon_o the_o fall_n of_o antichrist_n and_o not_o a_o sign_n of_o his_o come_n further_o this_o term_n of_o universal_a preach_v even_o then_o must_v not_o be_v take_v in_o the_o strict_a sense_n for_o it_o may_v be_v there_o will_v be_v some_o exception_n magician_n it_o be_v not_o necessary_a that_o antichrist_n shall_v be_v a_o magician_n xix_o last_o antichrist_n must_v be_v a_o magician_n and_o that_o because_o he_o must_v work_v great_a sign_n and_o miracle_n by_o the_o help_n of_o magic_n it_o be_v sufficient_a for_o the_o fulfil_n of_o these_o oracle_n that_o he_o do_v his_o sign_n by_o illusion_n and_o the_o enchantment_n of_o man_n sense_n by_o cheat_v and_o deceit_n and_o also_o by_o the_o help_n of_o the_o devil_n without_o his_o make_v any_o compact_n with_o the_o devil_n either_o direct_v or_o indirect_a the_o false_a miracle_n of_o popery_n also_o be_v wrought_v by_o the_o cheat_v of_o the_o priest_n or_o pure_o by_o lie_n or_o by_o the_o devil_n that_o make_v himself_o sport_n with_o their_o miserable_a devotion_n see_v all_o these_o character_n of_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n be_v all_o false_a we_o must_v for_o the_o future_a examine_v and_o seek_v out_o what_o be_v the_o true_a character_n of_o it_o chap._n xiii_o what_o be_v the_o true_a character_n of_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n they_o be_v three_o tyranny_n idolatry_n and_o great_a corruption_n of_o manner_n that_o we_o must_v not_o look_v on_o tyranny_n alone_o as_o the_o sole_a character_n of_o antichrist_n character_n the_o antichristian_a empire_n have_v three_o name_n that_o note_v its_o three_o character_n we_o be_v seek_v after_o the_o character_n of_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n i_o believe_v we_o may_v hope_v to_o find_v they_o in_o the_o name_n which_o the_o holy_a spirit_n give_v it_o for_o assure_o name_n be_v give_v by_o god_n to_o signify_v the_o nature_n of_o thing_n i_o find_v that_o the_o holy_a spirit_n give_v three_o name_n to_o that_o empire_n he_o call_v it_o egypt_n and_o sodom_n and_o last_o babylon_n egypt_n and_o sodom_n in_o the_o eleven_o of_o the_o revelation_n where_o speak_v of_o the_o death_n of_o the_o two_o witness_n 11.8_o c._n 11.8_o he_o say_v their_o dead_a body_n shall_v lie_v in_o the_o street_n of_o the_o great_a city_n which_o be_v spiritual_o call_v sodom_n and_o egypt_n babylon_n in_o as_o many_o place_n of_o the_o same_o book_n as_o it_o be_v say_v in_o she_o be_v fall_v she_o be_v fall_v babylon_n the_o great_a come_v out_o of_o babylon_n my_o people_n these_o three_o name_n signify_v the_o three_o character_n of_o that_o babylonish_n empire_n antichrist_n the_o name_n of_o egypt_n signify_v the_o pride_n tyranny_n and_o cruelty_n of_o antichrist_n egypt_n be_v the_o emblem_n of_o tyranny_n pride_n and_o cruelty_n of_o tyranny_n because_o there_o the_o israelite_n do_v groan_v under_o hard_a bondage_n in_o the_o chain_n of_o pharaoh_n who_o tyrannize_v over_o they_o of_o cruelty_n because_o that_o cruel_a prince_n do_v vex_v they_o sore_o with_o hard_a labour_n and_o the_o death_n of_o their_o child_n who_o he_o cause_v to_o be_v drown_v in_o the_o river_n nile_n of_o pride_n because_o this_o proud_a tyrant_n rebel_v against_o god_n with_o a_o intolerable_a pride_n say_v who_o be_v the_o lord_n that_o i_o shall_v obey_v his_o voice_n empire_n sodom_n signify_v the_o great_a corruption_n of_o manner_n in_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n sodom_n signify_v the_o mighty_a corruption_n of_o manner_n and_o the_o reason_n of_o it_o may_v be_v easy_o apprehend_v it_o be_v neither_o tyranny_n nor_o cruelty_n that_o destroy_v sodom_n we_o do_v not_o read_v that_o she_o do_v aspire_v after_o the_o dominion_n it_o be_v not_o idolatry_n at_o least_o we_o have_v no_o reason_n to_o believe_v that_o she_o be_v more_o notorious_a for_o it_o than_o the_o other_o canaavite_v round_o about_o it_o be_v therefore_o only_a dissoluteness_n luxury_n and_o debauchery_n ease_n and_o abundance_n of_o bread_n as_o the_o prophet_n speak_v therefore_o when_o they_o will_v set_v forth_o a_o mighty_a corruption_n of_o manner_n they_o borrow_v a_o expression_n from_o hence_o and_o use_v the_o name_n of_o sodom_n and_o gomorrha_n 1.10_o ●s_n 1.10_o hear_v the_o word_n of_o the_o lord_n you_o ruler_n of_o sodom_n give_v ear_n unto_o the_o law_n of_o our_o god_n you_o people_n of_o gomorrha_n after_o which_o isaiah_n fall_v not_o upon_o their_o idolatry_n but_o upon_o their_o corrupt_a manner_n he_o reproach_n they_o with_o nothing_o but_o their_o injustice_n and_o violence_n antichristianism_n babylon_n signify_v the_o idolatry_n of_o antichristianism_n last_o babylon_n signify_v idolatry_n all_o do_v agree_v that_o babylon_n be_v the_o fountain_n of_o all_o sort_n of_o idolatry_n from_o chaldaea_n it_o spread_v itself_o over_o all_o the_o earth_n that_o be_v the_o fountain_n and_o spring_n of_o man_n it_o be_v also_o of_o false_a gods._n as_o she_o be_v the_o first_o fountain_n so_o she_o do_v continue_v the_o chief_a seat_n of_o it_o
that_o empire_n to_o the_o judgement_n that_o god_n cause_v to_o fall_v on_o the_o kingdom_n of_o antichrist_n to_o the_o harvest_n and_o to_o the_o vintage_n i._n e._n to_o the_o total_a destruction_n of_o the_o devil_n kingdom_n the_o follow_a chapter_n carry_v on_o the_o matter_n also_o to_o the_o reign_n of_o jesus_n christ_n the_o description_n of_o which_o begin_v in_o the_o 20_o chap._n of_o the_o book_n there_o be_v nothing_o come_v between_o whereby_o it_o be_v clear_a there_o be_v no_o interval_n of_o time_n nor_o any_o monarchy_n between_o the_o roman_a empire_n and_o the_o monarchy_n of_o j._n christ_n and_o so_o that_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n that_o must_v immediate_o proceed_v the_o reign_n of_o jesus_n christ_n be_v the_o continuation_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n the_o same_o thing_n be_v evident_a from_o the_o 17_o chap._n which_o be_v a_o explication_n of_o the_o vision_n of_o the_o 13_o the_o 13_o chap._n speak_v of_o two_o beast_n the_o one_o have_v seven_o head_n and_o ten_o horn_n the_o other_o have_v but_o one_o head_n and_o two_o horn_n the_o 17_o chapt._n speak_v no_o more_o of_o the_o second_o beast_n it_o speak_v only_o of_o a_o woman_n ride_v on_o a_o beast_n of_o seven_o head_n and_o ten_o horn_n it_o be_v because_o the_o second_o beast_n at_o the_o bottom_n be_v no_o more_o than_o a_o continuation_n of_o the_o first_o i_o e._n it_o be_v no_o more_o than_o the_o continuation_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n therefore_o the_o holy_a spirit_n in_o explain_v the_o adventure_n of_o the_o first_o beast_n pretend_v to_o explain_v those_o of_o the_o second_o also_o for_o otherwise_o if_o the_o two_o beast_n have_v be_v different_a it_o be_v plain_a the_o h._n spirit_n will_v not_o have_v be_v want_v to_o have_v speak_v of_o the_o one_o as_o well_o as_o of_o the_o other_o in_o the_o 17_o chap._n where_o he_o explain_v the_o vision_n of_o the_o beasis_n now_o this_o beast_n with_o seven_o head_n and_o ten_o horn_n i._n e._n the_o roman_a empire_n must_v reach_v to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o persecution_n and_o to_o the_o reign_n of_o j._n christ_n this_o appear_v plain_o in_o the_o 18_o and_o the_o follow_a chapter_n where_o the_o ruin_n of_o antichrist_n be_v represent_v and_o describe_v at_o large_a if_o these_o proof_n do_v not_o suffice_v to_o prove_v that_o the_o empire_n of_o antichrist_n must_v be_v a_o continuation_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n one_o may_v bring_v other_o from_o the_o comparison_n of_o the_o two_o beast_n of_o the_o 13_o ch._n for_o it_o be_v clear_a that_o it_o be_v one_o and_o the_o same_o empire_n represent_v by_o two_o beast_n and_o the_o thing_n be_v so_o plain_a that_o the_o popish_a author_n themselves_o do_v acknowledge_v it_o we_o have_v hear_v bellarmin_n confess_v it_o and_o say_v that_o antichrist_n must_v be_v a_o king_n possess_v the_o roman_a empire_n but_o without_o the_o name_n of_o the_o roman_a emperor_n head_n he_o that_o do_v possess_v in_o the_o time_n of_o st._n paul_n and_o be_v to_o be_v remove_v out_o of_o the_o way_n before_o antichrist_n come_v be_v the_o six_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n with_o ten_o horn_n and_o seven_o head_n if_o this_o be_v so_o what_o must_v we_o understand_v by_o those_o word_n of_o st._n paul_n only_o he_o that_o now_o let_v or_o possess_v will_v let_v or_o possess_v till_o he_o be_v take_v out_o of_o the_o way_n and_o then_o shall_v that_o wicked_a one_o be_v reveal_v it_o do_v not_o import_n till_o the_o roman_a empire_n be_v abolish_v as_o the_o ancient_n do_v believe_v and_o as_o the_o agent_n of_o antichrist_n at_o this_o day_n will_v fain_o persuade_v we_o we_o must_v remember_v that_o in_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n with_o seven_o head_n and_o ten_o horn_n the_o seven_o head_n be_v seven_o form_n of_o government_n under_o which_o the_o roman_a empire_n have_v past_a 1._o king_n 2._o consul_n 3._o decemvire_n 4._o the_o tribune_n of_o the_o people_n 5._o perpetual_a dictator_n 6._o emperor_n 7._o and_o last_o pope_n every_o one_o of_o these_o head_n and_o these_o government_n have_v have_v its_o time_n one_o have_v pass_v away_o and_o another_o have_v come_v in_o its_o place_n in_o the_o time_n of_o st._n paul_n the_o head_n of_o the_o emperor_n be_v in_o possession_n and_o it_o be_v of_o that_o we_o must_v understand_v those_o word_n of_o his_o prophecy_n only_o he_o which_o now_o withholdeth_a or_o possess_v i.e._n the_o head_n of_o the_o emperor_n shall_v cease_v at_o rome_n and_o then_o the_o antichristian_a kingdom_n shall_v be_v reveal_v and_o quick_o form_v the_o seven_o head_n which_o shall_v be_v that_o of_o the_o pope_n call_v themselves_o the_o vicar_n of_o j._n christ_n but_o be_v indeed_o the_o true_a antichrist_n and_o thus_o you_o have_v what_o i_o think_v necessary_a to_o be_v add_v for_o the_o explication_n of_o that_o prophecy_n of_o st._n paul_n contain_v in_o the_o 2d._o ep._n to_o the_o thessalonian_o chap._n xv._o a_o explication_n of_o the_o vision_n of_o the_o thirteen_o chapter_n of_o the_o revelation_n and_o of_o the_o two_o beast_n that_o appear_v therein_o we_o come_v now_o to_o the_o description_n of_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n according_a as_o we_o find_v it_o in_o the_o revelation_n a_o book_n particular_o design_v to_o describe_v it_o to_o we_o it_o be_v find_v above_o all_o in_o the_o 13_o chapter_n two_o beast_n be_v see_v in_o this_o chapter_n we_o shall_v immediate_o examine_v both_o the_o one_o and_o the_o other_o follow_v the_o text_n word_n for_o word_n v._o 1._o and_o i_o see_v a_o beast_n rise_v out_o of_o the_o sea_n have_v seven_o head_n and_o ten_o horn_n and_o upon_o his_o horn_n ten_o crown_n and_o upon_o his_o head_n the_o name_n of_o blasphemy_n 2._o and_o the_o beast_n which_o i_o see_v be_v like_a unto_o a_o leopard_n and_o his_o foot_n be_v as_o the_o foot_n of_o a_o bear_n and_o his_o mouth_n as_o the_o mouth_n of_o a_o lion_n and_o the_o dragon_n give_v he_o his_o power_n and_o his_o seat_n and_o great_a authority_n there_o be_v no_o need_n that_o i_o shall_v observe_v here_o that_o in_o the_o style_n of_o the_o prophet_n a_o beast_n signify_v a_o empire_n god._n a_o beast_n signify_v a_o worldly_a empire_n enemy_n of_o god._n all_o the_o world_n know_v it_o and_o confess_v it_o it_o must_v only_o be_v note_v that_o a_o beast_n signify_v a_o empire_n that_o be_v worldly_a terrestrial_a and_o a_o enemy_n to_o god._n the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n and_o of_o jesus_n christ_n that_o must_v be_v give_v to_o the_o saint_n after_o the_o four_o monarchy_n be_v never_o represent_v under_o the_o image_n of_o a_o beast_n the_o beast_n that_o appear_v here_o be_v the_o four_o monarchy_n which_o we_o have_v see_v describe_v in_o the_o text_n of_o the_o seven_o chapter_n of_o daniel_n the_o prophet_n have_v say_v that_o it_o be_v diverse_a from_o all_o the_o other_o beast_n and_o saint_n john_n in_o the_o explication_n of_o it_o say_v that_o it_o be_v compose_v of_o the_o shape_n of_o a_o lion_n a_o leopard_n and_o a_o bear_n whereas_o the_o foregoing_a beast_n have_v but_o one_o simple_a shape_n the_o first_o be_v as_o a_o lion_n with_o the_o wing_n of_o a_o eagle_n the_o second_o be_v as_o a_o bear_n and_o the_o three_o as_o a_o leopard_n but_o this_o four_o monarchy_n have_v all_o the_o strength_n and_o all_o the_o advantage_n of_o the_o tree_n other_o together_z it_o be_v courageous_a and_o strong_a as_o a_o lion._n it_o have_v the_o swiftness_n of_o a_o leopard_n in_o its_o conquest_n it_o have_v the_o firmness_n of_o a_o bear_n who_o large_a foot_n make_v a_o firm_a basis_n for_o its_o whole_a body_n the_o holy_a spirit_n lay_v before_o the_o prophet_n eye_n this_o roman_a monarchy_n whole_a and_o entire_a revelation_n why_o the_o four_o monarchy_n appear_v entire_a in_o the_o revelation_n about_o a_o three_o part_n of_o it_o be_v already_o past_a because_o this_o monarchy_n be_v to_o be_v the_o subject_n on_o which_o all_o the_o great_a event_n be_v to_o turn_v and_o to_o know_v and_o object_n well_o it_o must_v not_o be_v show_v by_o piece_n but_o all_o entire_a so_o that_o it_o be_v reasonable_a the_o prophet_n shall_v see_v this_o beast_n or_o this_o monarchy_n in_o its_o whole_a extent_n he_o rise_v out_o of_o the_o sea._n this_o be_v not_o what_o be_v say_v in_o the_o eleven_o chapter_n he_o rise_v out_o of_o the_o bottomless_a pit_n the_o bottomless_a pit_n and_o the_o sea_n be_v not_o the_o same_o thing_n the_o bottomless_a pit_n be_v hell._n here_o the_o sea_n signify_v a_o great_a number_n of_o people_n the_o roma_n monarchy_n rise_v from_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o people_n as_o a_o monster_n that_o shall_v rise_v out_o of_o the_o sea_n it_o be_v because_o it_o
more_o proof_n that_o the_o character_n of_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n do_v agree_v to_o the_o papism_n a_o proof_n draw_v from_o the_o four_o chapter_n of_o the_o first_o epistle_n of_o st_n paul_n to_o timothy_n the_o translation_n of_o that_o passage_n amend_v some_o person_n read_v our_o second_o just_a prejudice_n against_o popery_n have_v admire_v that_o to_o make_v up_o the_o character_n of_o antichrist_n we_o have_v not_o among_o other_o place_n of_o scripture_n insert_v that_o text_n of_o st._n paul_n in_o his_o first_o epistle_n to_o timothy_n in_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o four_o chapter_n now_o the_o spirit_n speak_v express_o that_o in_o the_o late_a time_n some_o shall_v depart_v from_o the_o faith_n give_v heed_n to_o seduce_a spirit_n and_o doctrine_n of_o devil_n speak_v lie_n in_o hypocrisy_n have_v their_o conscience_n sear_v with_o a_o hot_a iron_n forbid_v to_o marry_v and_o abstain_v from_o meat_n which_o god_n have_v create_v to_o be_v receive_v with_o thanksgiving_n of_o they_o that_o believe_v popery_n the_o reason_n why_o this_o text_n be_v not_o make_v use_n of_o in_o the_o book_n of_o prejudices_fw-la against_o popery_n it_o be_v certain_a this_o be_v one_o of_o the_o clear_a oracle_n of_o the_o new_a testament_n and_o one_o of_o the_o most_o lively_a picture_n the_o holy_a spirit_n give_v we_o of_o the_o antichristian_a apostasy_n but_o i_o can_v not_o make_v use_n of_o it_o in_o draw_v my_o prejudices_fw-la against_o the_o roman_a church_n because_o prejudices_fw-la must_v be_v draw_v from_o thing_n either_o exceed_a notorious_a or_o confess_v and_o grant_v my_o prejudice_n be_v not_o this_o no_o religion_n that_o have_v antichrist_n for_o its_o head_n can_v be_v the_o true_a religion_n now_o the_o roman_a religion_n have_v antichrist_n for_o its_o head_n etc._n etc._n if_o i_o have_v form_v it_o thus_o i_o have_v be_v oblige_v to_o bring_v all_o the_o proof_n that_o be_v to_o be_v meet_v with_o in_o the_o h._n scripture_n to_o maintain_v that_o the_o roman_a religion_n be_v the_o antichristian_a empire_n and_o then_o i_o must_v not_o have_v omit_v this_o but_o i_o argue_v otherwise_o in_o that_o prejudice_n and_o say_v i_o judge_v not_o but_o i_o prejudge_v i_o do_v not_o pronounce_v that_o the_o pope_n and_o his_o religion_n be_v antichrist_n but_o i_o say_v it_o be_v very_o strange_a and_o surprise_v that_o all_o those_o place_n of_o scripture_n where_o by_o the_o consent_n of_o interpreter_n of_o all_o age_n and_o of_o all_o party_n antichrist_n be_v speak_v of_o may_v be_v so_o easy_o and_o so_o just_o apply_v to_o the_o pope_n and_o his_o religion_n though_o at_o the_o bottom_n popery_n shall_v not_o be_v pure_a antichristianism_n yet_o there_o be_v no_o likelihood_n that_o god_n will_v describe_v antichrist_n and_o his_o reign_n in_o such_o equivocal_a term_n that_o all_o that_o that_o be_v confess_v to_o be_v speak_v concern_v antichrist_n may_v be_v adopt_v to_o he_o that_o shall_v be_v the_o vicar_n of_o jesus_n christ_n and_o to_o a_o society_n that_o shall_v be_v his_o faithful_a spouse_n it_o be_v plain_a that_o to_o reason_n thus_o i_o be_v to_o look_v for_o no_o other_o text_n but_o those_o that_o be_v not_o contest_v such_o as_o be_v the_o second_o chapt._n of_o the_o second_o epistle_n to_o the_o thessalonian_o the_o seven_o of_o daniel_n the_o 11_o 13_o 17_o and_o 18_o of_o the_o revelation_n whereas_o the_o romish_a doctor_n do_v dispute_v about_o all_o in_o the_o word_n of_o st._n paul_n in_o the_o four_o chapter_n of_o his_o first_o epistle_n to_o timothy_n they_o dispute_v about_o the_o particular_a sense_n and_o the_o general_a scope_n of_o it_o they_o turn_v this_o oracle_n off_o on_o the_o encratites_n manichees_n etc._n etc._n now_o that_o i_o be_o not_o a_o draw_v prejudices_fw-la but_o do_v dispute_v i_o must_v prove_v and_o though_o the_o proof_n be_v contest_v yet_o we_o must_v not_o abandon_v they_o in_o a_o controversy_n we_o must_v only_o make_v they_o so_o evident_a that_o they_o may_v be_v clear_a to_o all_o reasonable_a man_n and_o this_o be_v that_o which_o we_o be_v about_o to_o do_v in_o pursue_v the_o history_n of_o the_o character_n of_o the_o antichristian_a apostasy_n by_o this_o passage_n of_o st._n paul_n according_a to_o that_o sense_n of_o it_o which_o the_o learned_a joseph_n mede_n give_v we_o who_o have_v give_v we_o abundance_n of_o light_n into_o the_o prophecy_n but_o into_o none_o of_o they_o more_o or_o more_o happy_o than_o into_o this_o authentic_a the_o division_n of_o chapter_n and_o verse_n in_o our_o bibles_n be_v not_o authentic_a first_o of_o all_o we_o must_v rectify_v the_o translation_n of_o this_o passage_n and_o in_o the_o beginning_n give_v notice_n that_o the_o division_n of_o our_o chapter_n be_v not_o altogether_o authentic_a and_o be_v often_o time_n make_v with_o little_a judgement_n no_o regard_n must_v be_v give_v to_o this_o that_o the_o 4_o ch._n of_o the_o one_a epistle_n of_o timothy_n begin_v with_o these_o word_n now_o the_o spirit_n say_v express_o that_o in_o the_o late_a time_n etc._n etc._n for_o in_o truth_n the_o sense_n begin_v at_o the_o last_o verse_n of_o the_o forego_n chap._n and_o we_o shall_v read_v thus_o without_o controversy_n great_a be_v the_o mystery_n of_o godliness_n god_n manifest_a in_o the_o flesh_n justify_v in_o the_o spirit_n see_v of_o angel_n preach_v to_o the_o gentile_n believe_v on_o in_o the_o world_n and_o receive_v up_o into_o glory_n but_o the_o spirit_n say_v express_o that_o in_o the_o late_a time_n some_o shall_v depart_v from_o the_o faith_n give_v heed_n to_o seduce_a spirit_n and_o doctrine_n of_o devil_n this_o observation_n alone_o be_v enough_o to_o persuade_v all_o those_o that_o sincere_o seek_v after_o the_o truth_n that_o the_o apostasy_n which_o the_o apostle_n speak_v of_o be_v the_o apostasy_n of_o antichrist_n for_o he_o make_v so_o clear_a a_o opposition_n of_o this_o apostasy_n to_o the_o mystery_n of_o godliness_n that_o it_o be_v impossible_a not_o to_o discern_v that_o he_o oppose_v mystery_n to_o mystery_n religion_n to_o religion_n the_o mystery_n of_o godliness_n to_o the_o mystery_n of_o iniquity_n of_o which_o he_o himself_o have_v speak_v to_o we_o in_o his_o 2d_o ep._n to_o the_o thessalonian_o and_o as_o by_o the_o mystery_n of_o iniquity_n all_o the_o world_n acknowledge_v that_o he_o mean_v the_o religion_n of_o antichrist_n so_o all_o the_o world_n ought_v to_o acknowledge_v that_o in_o this_o place_n the_o apostasy_n of_o the_o late_a time_n oppose_v to_o the_o mystery_n of_o godliness_n be_v the_o antichristian_a empire_n and_o religion_n and_o that_o the_o reason_n why_o the_o apostle_n have_v not_o here_o repeat_v the_o term_n of_o the_o mystery_n of_o iniquity_n be_v because_o he_o do_v believe_v that_o it_o will_v be_v easy_o understand_v it_o seem_v natural_a that_o after_o he_o have_v say_v the_o mystery_n of_o godliness_n be_v great_a he_o shall_v say_v but_o the_o mystery_n of_o iniquity_n shall_v public_o appear_v which_o shall_v be_v a_o apostasy_n from_o the_o faith_n he_o will_v without_o doubt_n have_v thus_o express_v himself_o be_v it_o not_o that_o have_v speak_v elsewhere_o of_o the_o mystery_n of_o iniquity_n any_o one_o may_v easy_o perceive_v that_o in_o this_o late_a place_n he_o make_v a_o evident_a allusion_n to_o it_o and_o that_o so_o it_o may_v easy_o be_v see_v in_o the_o apostasy_n which_o he_o describe_v sense_n our_o common_a translation_n do_v not_o well_o represent_v st._n paul_n sense_n our_o version_n render_v the_o text_n of_o st._n paul_n thus_o now_o the_o spirit_n say_v express_o that_o in_o the_o late_a time_n some_o shall_v depart_v from_o the_o faith_n give_v heed_n to_o seduce_a spirit_n and_o doctrine_n of_o devil_n speak_v lie_n in_o hypocrisy_n have_v their_o conscience_n scare_v with_o a_o hot_a iron_n forbid_v to_o marry_v command_v to_o abstain_v from_o meat_n which_o god_n have_v create_v for_o they_o that_o believe_v look_v on_o the_o text_n in_o this_o form_n the_o first_o sense_n that_o offer_v itself_o to_o our_o sight_n be_v that_o these_o doctrine_n of_o devil_n be_v those_o which_o he_o add_v in_o the_o follow_a word_n viz._n forbid_v of_o marriage_n and_o abstinence_n from_o meat_n now_o i_o confess_v that_o ever_o since_o i_o understand_v how_o to_o read_v and_o understand_v i_o have_v always_o suspect_v this_o and_o i_o do_v not_o understand_v how_o and_o why_o the_o apostle_n st._n paul_n shall_v characterise_v those_o opinion_n that_o seem_v so_o little_a criminal_a as_o the_o forbid_v of_o marriage_n to_o certain_a person_n and_o abstain_v from_o certain_a meat_n at_o certain_a time_n by_o such_o black_a name_n as_o the_o apostasy_n from_o the_o faith_n and_o the_o doctrine_n of_o devil_n i_o do_v conceive_v that_o the_o law_n of_o celibacy_n in_o
part_n of_o that_o homage_n that_o be_v due_a to_o he_o it_o be_v not_o without_o a_o great_a mystery_n of_o providence_n that_o such_o extravagant_a idea_n and_o such_o as_o be_v not_o according_a to_o the_o intention_n of_o the_o h._n spirit_n shall_v be_v affix_v to_o the_o name_n design_v to_o signify_v the_o antichristian_a empire_n and_o its_o head_n for_o example_n the_o man_n of_o sin_n the_o son_n of_o perdition_n the_o beast_n with_o seven_o head_n full_a of_o blasphemy_n the_o great_a whore_n the_o cup_n of_o abomination_n antichrist_n excessive_a idea_n i_o say_v have_v be_v affix_v to_o these_o name_n as_o if_o hereby_o it_o be_v signify_v that_o the_o person_n and_o the_o empire_n design_v by_o these_o name_n shall_v have_v nothing_o of_o the_o christian_a yea_o nothing_o of_o humane_a in_o it_o and_o that_o they_o shall_v be_v prodigy_n of_o impiety_n madness_n blasphemy_n and_o impurity_n the_o same_o thing_n have_v happen_v in_o the_o term_n apostasy_n to_o which_o have_v be_v affix_v the_o idea_n of_o a_o utter_a renunciation_n of_o the_o faith_n and_o this_o have_v not_o come_v to_o pass_v without_o a_o singular_a providence_n of_o god_n who_o will_v not_o have_v antichrist_n to_o be_v know_v to_o the_o end_n that_o during_o his_o birth_n and_o establishment_n no_o man_n may_v oppose_v he_o our_o second_o observation_n be_v that_o the_o word_n apostasy_n in_o the_o scripture_n use_v of_o it_o answer_n to_o the_o hebrew_n word_n mere_v rebellion_n rebellion_n the_o word_n apostasy_n proper_o signify_v rebellion_n and_o marad_a to_o rebel_v it_o be_v very_o usual_a with_o the_o 70._o interpreter_n to_o render_v these_o hebrew_n word_n by_o those_o of_o to_o apostatise_v and_o apostasy_n whether_o it_o be_v rebellion_n against_o god_n or_o rebellion_n against_o man_n that_o be_v treat_v of_o the_o reubenites_n and_o gadites_n return_v home_n after_o they_o have_v assist_v their_o brethren_n to_o settle_v themselves_o on_o the_o other_o side_n of_o jordan_n build_v a_o altar_n on_o the_o bank_n of_o the_o river_n the_o other_o tribe_n imagine_v that_o the_o reubenites_n &_o gadites_n intend_v to_o sacrifice_v on_o that_o altar_n against_o the_o commandment_n of_o god_n they_o say_v to_o they_o you_o rebel_v against_o the_o lord_n 19_o josh_n 22.18_o 19_o timeredou_n which_o in_o the_o greek_a be_v render_v you_o be_v become_v apostate_n from_o the_o lord_n on_o the_o other_o hand_n the_o reubenites_n justify_v themselves_o say_v the_o lord_n know_v if_o this_o thing_n be_v do_v in_o rebellion_n they_o use_v this_o word_n mere_v and_o the_o septuagint_n have_v render_v it_o by_o that_o of_o apostasy_n when_o the_o spy_v return_v joshuah_n and_o caleb_n be_v desirous_a to_o induce_v the_o israelite_n to_o pursue_v their_o journey_n to_o endeavour_v the_o conquest_n of_o the_o land_n of_o canaan_n according_a to_o the_o intention_n of_o god_n they_o say_v to_o they_o revolt_v not_o all_o timeredou_fw-mi and_o the_o greek_a have_v it_o do_v not_o turn_v apostate_n instance_n be_v without_o number_n and_o it_o be_v sufficient_a to_o have_v intimate_v it_o according_a to_o this_o use_n of_o the_o word_n which_o be_v certain_o the_o scripture_n use_v of_o it_o it_o be_v evident_a that_o the_o papism_n be_v a_o true_a apostasy_n a_o rebellion_n a_o revolt_n to_o be_v a_o apostate_n in_o the_o scripture_n sense_n defection_n apostasy_n do_v not_o always_o signify_v a_o total_a defection_n it_o be_v not_o necessary_a that_o a_o man_n shall_v utter_o abandon_v the_o true_a god._n when_o the_o israelite_n on_o this_o side_n jordan_n accuse_v the_o reubenites_n of_o a_o intention_n to_o turn_v apostate_n do_v not_o revolt_v they_o do_v not_o so_o much_o as_o suspect_v that_o they_o intend_v entire_o to_o renounce_v god_n but_o only_o to_o build_v a_o altar_n against_o the_o altar_n of_o moses_n to_o sacrifice_v to_o that_o god_n that_o bring_v they_o out_o of_o egypt_n do_v not_o apostatise_v say_v they_o to_o they_o in_o build_v you_o a_o altar_n beside_o the_o altar_n of_o the_o lord_n our_o god._n when_o caleb_n and_o joshuah_n say_v to_o the_o israelite_n on_o the_o occasion_n of_o their_o refuse_v to_o go_v towards_o the_o land_n of_o canaan_n do_v not_o apostatise_v they_o do_v not_o apprehend_v that_o the_o israelite_n be_v mind_v to_o choose_v another_o god_n but_o only_o that_o they_o will_v revolt_v from_o the_o order_n of_o the_o true_a god_n but_o yet_o without_o renounce_v he_o for_o their_o god._n faith_n how_o the_o papism_n destroy_v the_o article_n of_o faith_n it_o be_v not_o therefore_o necessary_a that_o the_o papism_n shall_v be_v a_o formal_a and_o entire_a renunciation_n of_o the_o faith_n it_o be_v enough_o that_o it_o be_v a_o revolt_n from_o the_o faith_n now_o certain_o the_o papism_n be_v so_o there_o be_v none_o of_o the_o article_n of_o the_o christian_a faith_n which_o it_o do_v not_o destroy_v and_o against_o which_o it_o do_v not_o plant_v its_o engine_n there_o be_v rebel_n that_o do_v in_o word_n acknowledge_v a_o prince_n for_o their_o king_n who_o yet_o do_v not_o cease_v to_o make_v war_n against_o he_o this_o be_v the_o ordinary_a way_n of_o rebel_n the_o papism_n do_v perfect_o the_o very_a same_o thing_n it_o do_v homage_n in_o word_n to_o the_o principal_a article_n of_o the_o christian_a faith_n but_o indeed_o it_o fight_v against_o they_o it_o destroy_v they_o it_o acknowledge_v a_o god_n manifest_a in_o the_o flesh_n but_o it_o revolt_v from_o this_o article_n and_o destroy_v it_o by_o another_o carnal_a god_n or_o a_o god_n in_o the_o flesh_n i._n e._n the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n to_o who_o it_o ascribe_v a_o double_a power_n which_o agree_v to_o jesus_n christ_n alone_o and_o which_o even_o jesus_n christ_n himself_o will_v not_o exercise_v while_o he_o be_v here_o upon_o earth_n it_o destroy_v also_o this_o god_n manifest_a in_o the_o flesh_n by_o another_o jesus_n christ_n incarnate_v breaden_a transubstantiate_v indivisible_o unite_v to_o the_o accident_n of_o the_o bread_n and_o of_o this_o false_a christ_n it_o make_v a_o true_a idol_n it_o believe_v one_o jesus_n the_o redeemer_n of_o the_o world_n but_o it_o destroy_v this_o article_n of_o faith_n and_o revolt_n from_o it_o in_o say_v the_o saint_n be_v our_o mediator_n in_o offer_v to_o god_n their_o merit_n beside_o the_o merit_n of_o jesus_n christ_n and_o in_o pray_v to_o god_n in_o their_o name_n and_o by_o their_o intercession_n it_o believe_v one_o only_a god_n but_o it_o revolt_v from_o this_o article_n in_o suppose_v new_a object_n of_o worship_n to_o which_o it_o render_v a_o true_o religious_a worship_n it_o believe_v that_o the_o blood_n of_o j._n christ_n cleanse_v we_o from_o all_o sin_n but_o it_o revolt_v from_o this_o article_n divers_a way_n in_o seek_v out_o strange_a satisfaction_n and_o in_o suppose_v a_o purgatory_n the_o use_n of_o which_o be_v to_o expiate_v the_o sin_n of_o man_n faith_n it_o be_v a_o apostasy_n from_o the_o faith_n to_o introduce_v that_o which_o be_v beside_o the_o faith_n and_o that_o we_o may_v clear_o understand_v that_o all_o these_o thing_n and_o other_o of_o the_o like_a nature_n may_v very_o well_o be_v call_v a_o apostasy_n from_o the_o faith_n we_o must_v again_o make_v use_n of_o that_o passage_n in_o the_o 22_o chapt._n of_o the_o book_n of_o joshua_n where_o the_o israelite_n say_v to_o their_o brethren_n do_v not_o apostatise_v in_o build_v a_o altar_n beside_o the_o altar_n of_o the_o lord_n these_o word_n show_v that_o one_o may_v be_v a_o apostate_n not_o only_o by_o bring_v thing_n into_o religion_n which_o be_v against_o religion_n but_o also_o in_o promote_a thing_n that_o be_v beside_o religion_n for_o they_o do_v not_o say_v against_o the_o altar_n but_o beside_o the_o altar_n now_o in_o this_o sense_n it_o be_v clear_a that_o the_o papism_n be_v a_o apostasy_n for_o beside_o the_o true_a object_n of_o worship_n it_o introduce_v new_a object_n of_o religious_a adoration_n beside_o the_o sole_a and_o only_o jesus_n it_o introduce_v many_o saviour_n beside_o the_o sole_a intercessor_n many_o intercessor_n beside_o the_o sole_a sacrifice_n another_o sacrifice_n beside_o the_o true_a sacrament_n false_a one_o the_o papism_n introduce_v doctrine_n &_o worship_n both_o against_o the_o faith_n &_o beside_o the_o faith_n therefore_o it_o be_v a_o true_a revolt_n or_o apostasy_n from_o the_o faith_n alone_o the_o papism_n be_v a_o apostasy_n if_o it_o he_o consider_v alone_o my_o three_o observation_n be_v this_o that_o to_o have_v a_o right_a knowledge_n of_o the_o papism_n we_o must_v not_o look_v upon_o it_o as_o be_v usual_o do_v as_o compound_v with_o the_o opinion_n and_o worship_n of_o christianity_n which_o it_o have_v retain_v this_o be_v one_o of_o the_o great_a artifices_fw-la of_o the_o devil_n and_o his_o agent_n to_o make_v we_o
force_v to_o it_o by_o the_o virtue_n of_o relic_n and_o merit_n of_o a_o saint_n a_o blind_a man_n receive_v his_o sight_n by_o put_v a_o cloth_n to_o his_o eye_n that_o have_v touch_v the_o coffin_n of_o the_o martyr_n the_o people_n by_o their_o credulity_n make_v such_o sort_n of_o miracle_n every_o day_n one_o the_o miracle_n be_v false_a one_o st._n austin_n have_v a_o good_a share_n of_o this_o credulity_n but_o though_o it_o be_v true_a the_o devil_n may_v do_v thing_n much_o hard_o than_o this_o of_o restore_a sight_n to_o a_o man_n that_o have_v not_o see_v for_o some_o time_n beside_o god_n that_o be_v willing_a that_o his_o decree_n shall_v be_v accomplish_v let_v loose_v the_o rain_v to_o the_o spirit_n of_o illusion_n we_o need_v but_o follow_v the_o history_n of_o the_o church_n and_o the_o legend_n of_o the_o saint_n and_o there_o we_o shall_v find_v every_o where_o these_o dream_n these_o vision_n these_o apparition_n of_o soul_n saint_n speak_v the_o virgin_n mary_n appear_v to_o her_o devotoe_n the_o whole_a design_v not_o to_o confirm_v the_o doctrine_n of_o christianity_n but_o the_o invocation_n of_o saint_n the_o adoration_n of_o the_o virgin_n the_o adoration_n of_o image_n the_o mass_n purgatory_n and_o other_o part_n of_o the_o antichristian_a abomination_n and_o this_o fountain_n of_o seduction_n be_v open_v in_o part_n by_o deceive_a spirit_n among_o man_n wicked_a superstitious_a wretch_n priest_n and_o monk_n in_o part_n by_o the_o wicked_a spirit_n that_o perpetual_o surround_v man_n to_o deceive_v and_o mock_v they_o the_o last_o character_n of_o the_o religion_n of_o antichrist_n here_o express_v be_v the_o doctrine_n of_o devil_n or_o of_o daemon_n give_v up_o themselves_o to_o deceive_a spirit_n and_o to_o doctrine_n of_o daemon_n be_v the_o doctrine_n of_o devil_n or_o of_o daemon_n what_o they_o be_v the_o common_a opinion_n be_v that_o by_o the_o doctrine_n of_o devil_n or_o of_o daemon_n we_o be_v to_o understand_v those_o doctrine_n of_o which_o the_o devil_n be_v the_o author_n and_o inventor_n and_o that_o bear_v upon_o they_o a_o diabolical_a character_n joseph_n mede_n have_v make_v a_o new_a conjecture_n upon_o it_o and_o which_o i_o believe_v we_o owe_v to_o he_o he_o understand_v by_o daemon_n not_o wicked_a spirit_n that_o be_v represent_v as_o dwell_v in_o hell_n but_o those_o spirit_n which_o the_o heathen_n worship_v as_o mediator_n between_o god_n and_o man_n who_o in_o truth_n in_o their_o theology_n they_o call_v daemon_n for_o then_o the_o word_n be_v not_o take_v in_o a_o ill_a sense_n and_o daemon_n be_v proper_o in_o the_o heathen_a religion_n secondary_a god_n subject_n to_o the_o great_a gods._n by_o the_o doctrine_n of_o daemon_n he_o understand_v a_o doctrine_n of_o which_o daemon_n be_v the_o object_n not_o the_o author_n and_o according_a to_o he_o the_o sense_n be_v that_o man_n in_o the_o antichristian_a religion_n will_v renew_v the_o divinity_n and_o the_o worship_n of_o these_o mediatory_a spirit_n call_v daemon_n that_o paganism_n shall_v be_v introduce_v into_o the_o religion_n of_o jesus_n christ_n that_o therein_o shall_v be_v establish_v a_o second_o order_n of_o divinity_n beside_o the_o three_o adorable_a person_n of_o the_o trinity_n that_o dead_a man_n shall_v be_v invocate_v in_o this_o new_a paganism_n in_o the_o same_o manner_n as_o be_v practise_v under_o the_o old_a that_o their_o relic_n shall_v be_v honour_v statue_n shall_v be_v erect_v to_o they_o image_n shall_v be_v consecrate_v for_o they_o which_o shall_v be_v worship_v that_o temple_n shall_v be_v build_v for_o they_o and_o sacrifice_n be_v offer_v to_o their_o honour_n that_o apotheosis_n or_o canonisation_n shall_v be_v renew_v that_o miracle_n shall_v be_v feign_v to_o be_v do_v by_o these_o image_n and_o these_o demigod_n that_o tree_n shall_v a_o new_a be_v set_v up_o with_o trophy_n which_o be_v the_o cross_n before_o which_o man_n shall_v prostrate_v themselves_o that_o it_o shall_v be_v pretend_v that_o god_n come_v to_o dwell_v here_o below_o in_o a_o piece_n of_o consecrate_a bread_n just_a as_o in_o the_o ancient_a paganism_n it_o be_v pretend_v that_o the_o god_n by_o virtue_n of_o the_o consecration_n come_v to_o dwell_v in_o their_o image_n author_n popery_n have_v certain_o devil_n for_o its_o author_n which_o interpretation_n soever_o we_o follow_v it_o be_v certain_a that_o antichristianism_n be_v find_v here_o it_o be_v compose_v of_o doctrine_n that_o be_v true_o diabolical_a and_o that_o have_v devil_n for_o their_o author_n it_o be_v a_o doctrine_n of_o devil_n that_o have_v establish_v that_o tyrant_n in_o the_o church_n who_o have_v exercise_v so_o much_o fury_n there_o who_o pretend_v to_o be_v king_n of_o king_n and_o lord_n of_o the_o lord_n of_o the_o earth_n who_o exalt_v himself_o above_o all_o that_o be_v call_v god_n who_o say_v he_o can_v be_v judge_v by_o any_o one_o but_o though_o he_o shall_v lead_v man_n to_o hell_n by_o troop_n he_o must_v be_v suffer_v to_o do_v it_o and_o be_v leave_v to_o god_n to_o be_v judge_v it_o be_v a_o doctrine_n that_o have_v the_o devil_n for_o its_o author_n which_o set_v up_o other_o object_n of_o worship_n beside_o god_n that_o give_v jesus_n christ_n companion_n and_o believer_n other_o saviour_n it_o be_v no_o other_o than_o the_o devil_n that_o can_v inspire_v christian_n with_o the_o thought_n of_o adore_a image_n and_o bring_v in_o afresh_o that_o paganism_n that_o be_v once_o bury_v it_o be_v the_o devil_n the_o father_n of_o lie_n that_o form_v that_o monster_n of_o transubstantiation_n that_o have_v contrive_v that_o profane_a sacrifice_n of_o the_o mass_n and_o who_o of_o a_o sacrament_n have_v make_v a_o wretched_a idol_n of_o it_o and_o so_o to_o keep_v to_o the_o common_a opinion_n the_o true_a religion_n will_v not_o lose_v any_o thing_n by_o it_o object_n by_o doctrine_n of_o daemon_n we_o must_v understand_v doctrine_n that_o have_v demigod_n for_o their_o object_n however_o i_o confess_v i_o have_v resolve_v on_o joseph_n mede_n sense_n it_o have_v not_o be_v without_o weigh_v thing_n and_o i_o do_v a_o long_a time_n believe_v that_o this_o interpretation_n be_v much_o more_o ingenious_a than_o solid_a but_o after_o i_o have_v well_o think_v on_o it_o i_o judge_v the_o quite_o contrary_a and_o that_o for_o these_o reason_n i._n first_o this_o expression_n doctrine_n of_o daemon_n do_v not_o more_o natural_o signify_v that_o the_o doctrine_n speak_v of_o have_v daemon_n for_o its_o author_n than_o it_o do_v that_o it_o have_v they_o for_o its_o object_n for_o it_o be_v certain_a that_o in_o all_o language_n these_o sort_n of_o proposition_n be_v aequivocal_a we_o say_v the_o love_n of_o god_n to_o signify_v the_o love_n of_o which_o god_n be_v the_o object_n more_o natural_o than_o to_o signify_v that_o love_n of_o which_o he_o be_v the_o author_n we_o say_v the_o knowledge_n of_o body_n to_o signify_v that_o knowledge_n of_o which_o body_n be_v the_o object_n the_o knowledge_n of_o the_o star_n to_o express_v astrology_n a_o treatise_n of_o angel_n to_o express_v a_o book_n not_o make_v by_o the_o angel_n but_o treat_v of_o they_o the_o same_o aequivocal_a speech_n and_o the_o same_o usage_n be_v to_o be_v meet_v with_o in_o the_o sacred_a book_n in_o the_o six_o chapt._n of_o the_o epistle_n to_o the_o hebrew_n the_o apostle_n speak_v of_o the_o doctrine_n of_o baptism_n 6.2_o heb._n 6.2_o i._n e._n of_o the_o doctrine_n that_o have_v baptism_n for_o its_o object_n st._n luke_n say_v that_o the_o proconsul_n sergius_n be_v astonish_v at_o the_o doctrine_n of_o the_o lord_n 13.12_o act._n 13.12_o i._n e._n the_o doctrine_n treat_v of_o the_o lord_n 3.16_o gal._n 2.20_o act_n 3.16_o the_o faith_n of_o the_o son_n of_o god_n and_o faith_n of_o his_o name_n be_v the_o faith_n not_o which_o have_v jesus_n christ_n for_o its_o author_n but_o its_o object_n and_o thus_o you_o see_v we_o have_v already_o gain_v one_o point_n viz._n that_o grammar_n can_v put_v in_o no_o obstacle_n to_o this_o interpretation_n popery_n by_o the_o doctrine_n of_o daemon_n must_v be_v understand_v the_o idolatry_n of_o popery_n ii_o my_o second_o reason_n be_v because_o explain_v it_o how_o you_o will_v i_o be_o persuade_v that_o by_o the_o doctrine_n of_o devil_n or_o of_o daemon_n be_v mean_v the_o idolatry_n which_o antichrist_n be_v to_o re-establish_a in_o the_o church_n for_o this_o be_v that_o which_o distinguish_v that_o religion_n from_o the_o christian_a religion_n and_o which_o render_v it_o abominable_a it_o will_v be_v say_v that_o there_o be_v some_o thing_n in_o the_o papism_n which_o be_v not_o less_o abominable_a than_o its_o idolatry_n that_o be_v the_o usurpation_n of_o jesus_n christ_n power_n by_o the_o pope_n i_o confess_v it_o but_o beside_o that_o this_o
usurpation_n be_v join_v with_o idolatry_n see_v they_o make_v a_o idol_n of_o the_o pope_n i_o say_v there_o be_v in_o antichristianism_n a_o empire_n and_o a_o religion_n the_o empire_n be_v diabolical_a tyrannical_a antichristian_a and_o may_v well_o be_v call_v and_o empire_n of_o devil_n as_o have_v they_o for_o its_o author_n and_o it_o be_v in_o this_o respect_n of_o a_o empire_n and_o a_o tyranny_n that_o st._n paul_n principal_o consider_v antichristianism_n in_o the_o second_o chapter_n of_o the_o second_o epistle_n to_o the_o thessalonian_o for_o there_o he_o represent_v the_o head_n of_o this_o empire_n as_o a_o tyrant_n that_o sit_v himself_o down_o on_o the_o throne_n of_o god_n and_o be_v to_o possess_v the_o empire_n when_o he_o that_o then_o hold_v it_o be_v cast_v down_o it_o be_v true_a that_o he_o consider_v sider_v it_o also_o a_o little_a as_o a_o religion_n for_o he_o call_v it_o a_o mystery_n and_o say_v it_o shall_v be_v establish_v by_o false_a sign_n and_o false_a miracle_n but_o in_o this_o four_o chap._n of_o the_o first_o epistle_n to_o timothy_n he_o consider_v antichristianism_n pure_o as_o a_o religion_n and_o not_o as_o a_o empire_n therefore_o he_o speak_v only_o of_o apostasy_n spirit_n deceiver_n and_o of_o doctrine_n now_o that_o which_o be_v most_o abominable_a in_o the_o papism_n as_o it_o be_v a_o religion_n be_v without_o doubt_v its_o idolatry_n and_o not_o its_o heresy_n and_o consequent_o this_o be_v what_o we_o must_v here_o understand_v by_o the_o doctrine_n of_o devil_n or_o of_o daemon_n for_o the_o apostle_n intend_v by_o that_o to_o note_v that_o which_o be_v most_o criminal_a in_o the_o papism_n see_v therefore_o we_o must_v necessary_o understand_v by_o these_o word_n doctrine_n of_o daemon_n the_o antichristian_a idolatry_n why_o shall_v we_o not_o believe_v that_o the_o apostle_n saint_n paul_n call_v it_o so_o by_o way_n of_o allusion_n and_o compare_v it_o with_o the_o heathen_a religion_n and_o theology_n empire_n antichristianism_n be_v consider_v in_o the_o prophecy_n sometime_o as_o a_o religion_n sometime_o as_o a_o empire_n i_o have_v just_a before_o make_v a_o distinction_n which_o i_o desire_v may_v be_v observe_v because_o it_o be_v of_o great_a use_n for_o the_o understanding_n the_o prophecy_n of_o the_o revelation_n on_o this_o argument_n of_o the_o estate_n of_o antichrist_n it_o be_v this_o that_o the_o h._n spirit_n sometime_o speak_v of_o it_o as_o of_o a_o religion_n sometime_o as_o of_o a_o empire_n indeed_o he_o consider_v it_o much_o often_o under_o the_o notion_n of_o a_o empire_n than_o under_o that_o of_o a_o religion_n in_o the_o 13_o 14_o 16_o 17_o and_o 18_o of_o the_o revelation_n where_o antichristianism_n be_v represent_v as_o a_o beast_n with_o two_o horn_n or_o seven_o head_n and_o ten_o horn_n ●nd_v as_o a_o city_n call_v babylon_n it_o be_v under_o the_o idea_n of_o a_o empire_n for_o in_o the_o prophetical_a vision_n beast_n always_o signify_v king_n and_o empire_n but_o in_o the_o 11_o chap._n antichristianism_n be_v represent_v as_o a_o religion_n for_o it_o be_v call_v paganism_n and_o be_v shadow_v forth_o under_o the_o emblem_n of_o a_o temple_n that_o be_v profane_v leave_v out_o the_o court_n which_o be_v without_o the_o temple_n and_o measure_v it_o not_o for_o it_o be_v give_v to_o the_o gentile_n in_o those_o place_n where_o it_o be_v represent_v as_o a_o whore_n where_o the_o cup_n of_o its_o abomination_n be_v speak_v of_o and_o where_o it_o be_v say_v it_o shall_v seduce_v the_o inhabitant_n of_o the_o earth_n by_o the_o sign_n that_o it_o shall_v work_v it_o be_v consider_v as_o a_o religion_n because_o worship_n idolatry_n miracle_n and_o sign_n belong_v to_o religion_n thing_n the_o doctrine_n of_o daemon_n &_o antichristian_a paganism_n be_v the_o same_o thing_n iii_o the_o h._n spirit_n be_v represent_v the_o antichristian_a religion_n as_o a_o paganism_n be_v to_o i_o a_o new_a reason_n that_o persuade_v i_o that_o in_o the_o text_n of_o st._n paul_n which_o we_o be_v now_o discourse_v of_o by_o the_o doctrine_n of_o daemon_n we_o must_v understand_v that_o doctrine_n of_o which_o daemon_n be_v the_o object_n for_o i_o look_v on_o these_o two_o text_n as_o parallel_v this_o of_o the_o revelation_n the_o out_o ward_v court_n be_v give_v to_o the_o gentile_n and_o this_o the_o apostasy_n of_o the_o son_n of_o perdition_n shall_v be_v a_o doctrine_n of_o daemon_n now_o it_o be_v certain_a that_o in_o that_o text_n in_o the_o eleven_o of_o the_o revelation_n be_v precise_o mean_v that_o paganism_n that_o pagan_a theology_n and_o that_o pagan_a service_n that_o be_v introduce_v into_o the_o christian_a religion_n and_o consequent_o here_o by_o the_o doctrine_n of_o daemon_n we_o must_v understand_v the_o pagan_a religion_n that_o worship_v daemon_n or_o antichristianism_n that_o have_v make_v for_o itself_o a_o religion_n altogether_o like_o it_o in_o worship_v new_a daemon_n church_n god_n can_v not_o but_o predict_v the_o introduction_n of_o paganisin_n into_o the_o christian_a church_n iu._n but_o the_o principal_a reason_n that_o persect_o persuade_v i_o be_v the_o ●●●…ent_n which_o be_v always_o the_o best_a or_o rather_o the_o o●●_n sure_a interpreter_n of_o prophecy_n one_o thing_n be_v curtain_n viz._n that_o there_o be_v a_o perfect_a conformity_n between_o the_o thelogy_n and_o worship_n of_o the_o ancient_a paganism_n and_o the_o antichristian_a religion_n of_o the_o papism_n this_o be_v not_o do_v by_o chance_n god_n permit_v it_o god_n foresee_v it_o and_o without_o doubt_n god_n have_v predict_v it_o for_o there_o be_v no_o likelihood_n that_o have_v careful_o mark_v in_o the_o prophecy_n event_n incomparable_o less_o considerable_a he_o shall_v forget_v this_o it_o be_v true_a one_o may_v say_v that_o the_o prophecy_n of_o it_o be_v find_v in_o these_o word_n of_o the_o revelation_n the_o outward_a court_n shall_v be_v give_v to_o the_o gentile_n and_o in_o those_o place_n where_o the_o antichristian_a and_o popish_a religion_n be_v compare_v to_o adultery_n and_o the_o corrupt_a church_n to_o a_o whore_n but_o the_o first_o seem_v to_o i_o to_o be_v too_o obscure_a and_o the_o second_o too_o general_a i_o can_v believe_v but_o that_o god_n will_v leave_v we_o some_o oracle_n more_o clear_a and_o less_o general_a to_o predict_v this_o admirable_a conformity_n which_o be_v between_o the_o worship_n of_o the_o ancient_a paganism_n and_o that_o of_o antichristianism_n now_o this_o text_n more_o express_a and_o more_o clear_a than_o the_o other_o i_o do_v not_o find_v elsewhere_o to_o set_v forth_o this_o last_o proof_n in_o all_o its_o strength_n we_o must_v consider_v some_o point_n of_o this_o conformity_n they_o may_v be_v see_v already_o in_o those_o two_o chapt._n of_o the_o second_o part_n of_o our_o prejudices_fw-la where_o we_o have_v show_v the_o conformity_n between_o popery_n and_o paganism_n but_o not_o to_o give_v any_o the_o trouble_n of_o leave_v this_o book_n to_o find_v out_o the_o proof_n of_o this_o truth_n that_o the_o worship_n of_o daemon_n among_o the_o heathen_n and_o this_o of_o the_o saint_n in_o the_o papism_n be_v alike_o we_o will_v here_o give_v a_o abstract_n of_o it_o daemon_n the_o article_n of_o the_o pagan_a theology_n &_o religion_n touch_v daemon_n the_o pagan_a theology_n about_o good_a daemon_n be_v reser_v to_o these_o article_n i._o they_o say_v that_o beside_o the_o great_a god_n there_o be_v inferior_a divinity_n that_o receive_v all_o their_o power_n from_o the_o superior_a gods._n ii_o the_o inferior_a divinity_n be_v either_o consecrate_a hero_n and_o deify_v soul_n or_o spirit_n natural_o and_o original_o separate_v from_o matter_n iii_o their_o office_n be_v to_o be_v mediator_n between_o man_n and_o the_o great_a god_n to_o execute_v their_o order_n in_o favour_n of_o man_n and_o carry_v the_o prayer_n of_o man_n to_o those_o superior_a gods._n iv_o to_o the_o honour_n of_o the_o one_o and_o the_o other_o i_o e._n of_o daemon_n or_o spirit_n as_o well_o those_o that_o be_v consecrate_v soul_n as_o those_o that_o be_v natural_o separate_v from_o matter_n they_o make_v image_n build_v temple_n and_o by_o virtue_n of_o the_o consecration_n they_o make_v they_o come_v and_o dwell_v in_o those_o image_n and_o temple_n v._o beside_o this_o they_o do_v adore_v and_o worship_v the_o ash_n and_o the_o relic_n of_o their_o hero_n these_o be_v the_o article_n to_o which_o the_o theology_n of_o the_o pagan_a daemon_n be_v reduce_v daemon_n paganism_n acknowledge_v inferior_a god_n call_v daemon_n first_o they_o hold_v inferior_a divinity_n that_o be_v infinite_o beneath_o the_o great_a gods._n it_o be_v a_o thing_n so_o know_v that_o there_o be_v no_o need_n to_o prove_v it_o they_o call_v their_o great_a god_n dii_fw-la superi_fw-la dii_fw-la coelestes_fw-la sovereign_a god_n and_o heavenly_a
gods._n they_o place_v these_o god_n in_o the_o star_n as_o soul_n in_o body_n therefore_o the_o greek_n call_v they_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d runner_n as_o always_o go_v and_o always_o run_v as_o plato_n say_v in_o the_o dialogue_n entitle_v cratylus_n these_o god_n be_v so_o very_a much_o above_o the_o other_o that_o they_o believe_v they_o only_o immortal_a for_o the_o same_o plato_n say_v somewhere_o that_o the_o inferior_a god_n be_v not_o immortal_a by_o their_o nature_n they_o call_v these_o inferior_a god_n daemon_n and_o they_o ascribe_v this_o distinction_n to_o zoroaster_n graculorum_fw-la in_o lib._n de_fw-la defectu_fw-la graculorum_fw-la they_o say_v plutarch_n seem_v to_o have_v remove_v great_a difficulty_n who_o have_v establish_v a_o species_n of_o spirit_n call_v daemon_n between_o the_o god_n and_o man_n they_o have_v find_v that_o they_o be_v these_o daemon_n that_o do_v unite_v we_o with_o the_o great_a god_n and_o do_v conciliate_v they_o to_o we_o whether_o this_o doctrine_n come_v from_o the_o magi_n and_o zoroaster_n or_o whether_o it_o draw_v its_o original_n from_o thrace_n by_o orpheus_n or_o from_o egypt_n or_o from_o phrygia_n daemon_n the_o papism_n make_v no_o more_o distinction_n between_o the_o saint_n and_o god_n than_o the_o heathen_n do_v between_o the_o god_n and_o daemon_n the_o papism_n acknowledge_v the_o very_a same_o distinction_n and_o they_o must_v not_o tell_v we_o that_o it_o suppose_v but_o one_o sovereign_a god_n and_o no_o inferior_a god_n for_o the_o saint_n be_v its_o true_a inferior_a divinity_n it_o call_v they_o divus_o and_o diva_n as_o well_o as_o he_o be_v call_v divus_o augustus_n the_o heathen_n put_v the_o very_a same_o difference_n between_o their_o great_a god_n and_o their_o inferior_a one_o as_o the_o papism_n do_v between_o god_n and_o the_o saint_n for_o the_o superior_a god_n be_v almighty_a and_o eternal_a and_o the_o other_o be_v create_v by_o the_o great_a god_n do_v not_o act_v but_o according_a to_o their_o order_n and_o be_v not_o immortal_a in_o their_o own_o nature_n the_o papist_n can_v make_v a_o great_a distinction_n between_o god_n and_o the_o saint_n than_o this_o man_n the_o daemon_n be_v mediator_n between_o god_n and_o man_n the_o superior_a god_n of_o the_o heathen_n be_v according_a to_o they_o so_o heavenly_a so_o sublime_a and_o so_o pure_a that_o they_o can_v not_o by_o themselves_o have_v any_o commerce_n with_o man_n nor_o abase_v themselves_o so_o far_o as_o to_o take_v care_n of_o humane_a affair_n to_o govern_v they_o immediate_o and_o by_o themselves_o therefore_o they_o establish_v a_o kind_n of_o daemon_n symposio_fw-la plato_n in_o symposio_fw-la to_o be_v as_o mediator_n and_o agent_n between_o the_o sovereign_a god_n and_o mortal_a man_n say_v plato_n god_n do_v not_o converse_v with_o man_n say_v the_o same_o author_n but_o all_o commerce_n between_o god_n and_o man_n be_v by_o the_o mediation_n of_o daemon_n the_o daemon_n be_v messenger_n and_o interpreter_n that_o come_v from_o god_n to_o man_n and_o go_v from_o man_n to_o god._n they_o bring_v to_o man_n the_o present_n of_o the_o god_n and_o to_o the_o god_n the_o prayer_n and_o homage_n of_o man_n he_o that_o will_v see_v this_o theology_n more_o at_o large_a may_v find_v it_o in_o plutarch_n discourse_n de_fw-fr defectu_fw-la ordculorum_fw-la in_o apuleius_n de_fw-fr deo_fw-la socratis_n in_o jamblichus_n de_fw-la mysteriis_fw-la and_o above_o all_o in_o saint_n austin_n in_o the_o eight_o book_n of_o the_o city_n of_o god_n with_o ludovicus_n vives_n note_n now_o one_o drop_n of_o water_n be_v not_o more_o like_o another_o than_o this_o pagan_a theology_n be_v to_o that_o of_o the_o papism_n god_n and_o jesus_n christ_n say_v they_o who_o be_v their_o great_a god_n be_v too_o sublime_a for_o we_o to_o address_v ourselves_o direct_o to_o they_o we_o must_v have_v mediator_n that_o may_v be_v more_o of_o our_o rank_n the_o soul_n of_o saint_n and_o the_o angel_n do_v this_o office_n for_o we_o they_o be_v the_o interpreter_n of_o our_o thought_n and_o our_o want_n before_o god_n and_o they_o receive_v commission_n to_o do_v we_o good_a a_fw-mi serve_v we_o therefore_o it_o be_v that_o prayer_n be_v address_v to_o they_o therefore_o it_o be_v that_o cure_v and_o deliverance_n be_v expect_v from_o they_o last_o therefore_o it_o be_v that_o man_n put_v themselves_o under_o their_o protection_n daemon_n hesiod_n the_o first_o author_n of_o the_o deification_n of_o soul_n the_o first_o order_n of_o daemon_n in_o the_o heathen_a theology_n the_o mediator_n spirit_n be_v of_o two_o sort_n one_o be_v humane_a soul_n the_o other_o separate_a intelligence_n the_o most_o ancient_a of_o the_o greek_n in_o which_o we_o see_v this_o deification_n of_o soul_n express_o be_v hesiod_n who_o say_v that_o by_o the_o counsel_n of_o jupiter_n the_o great_a man_n after_o their_o death_n be_v establish_v guardian_n and_o patron_n of_o mortal_a man_n inspector_n of_o their_o good_a and_o evil_a work_n destributor_n of_o riches_n and_o that_o in_o this_o consist_v their_o royal_a dignity_n therefore_o afterward_o this_o sort_n of_o god_n be_v call_v the_o god_n of_o hesiod_n plato_n entire_o adopt_v this_o theology_n and_o eusebius_n quote_v from_o this_o philosopher_n these_o word_n touch_v the_o hero_n evang._n euseb_n l._n 3._o c._n 11._o de_fw-la praepar_fw-la evang._n we_o will_v for_o the_o future_a serve_v and_o adore_v their_o sepulchre_n as_o of_o the_o daemon_n follow_v the_o advice_n of_o the_o oracle_n those_o that_o have_v the_o small_a acquaintance_n with_o the_o pagan_a theology_n and_o history_n rome_n the_o law_n of_o ancient_a rome_n about_o the_o worship_v of_o saint_n exact_o like_o those_o of_o new_a rome_n know_v this_o that_o the_o great_a part_n of_o their_o god_n be_v deify_v man_n they_o themselves_o make_v no_o secret_a of_o it_o it_o may_v be_v see_v in_o plutarch_n book_n about_o the_o cease_n of_o oracle_n the_o law_n of_o ancient_a rome_n be_v express_v and_o remarkable_a hereupon_o divos_fw-la &_o illos_fw-la qui_fw-la coelestes_fw-la semper_fw-la beati_fw-la habiti_fw-la sunt_fw-la colunto_fw-la &_o eos_fw-la quos_fw-la in_o coelum_fw-la merita_fw-la vocaverint_fw-la that_o the_o saint_n shall_v be_v worship_v as_o well_o those_o that_o have_v be_v always_o esteem_v the_o happy_a inhabitant_n of_o heaven_n as_o those_o that_o by_o their_o merit_n have_v be_v exalt_v into_o heaven_n see_v another_o roman_a law_n like_o it_o deorum_fw-la manium_fw-la jura_fw-la sancta_fw-la sunto_fw-la hos_fw-la letho_fw-mi datos_fw-la divos_fw-la habento_fw-la that_o the_o right_n of_o the_o god_n mane_n shall_v be_v inviolable_a and_o that_o they_o shall_v be_v repute_v for_o saint_n after_o their_o death_n be_v there_o not_o a_o admirable_a providence_n in_o this_o that_o new_a rome_n have_v re-establisht_a the_o same_o law_n almost_o in_o the_o same_o term_n and_o who_o can_v doubt_v after_o this_o whether_o antichristian_a rome_n have_v renew_v ancient_a rome_n doctrine_n of_o daemon_n spirit_n a_o second_o rank_n of_o demon_n separate_a spirit_n but_o beside_o these_o man_n become_v daemon_n that_o ancient_a pagan_a theology_n do_v acknowledge_v other_o that_o be_v always_o such_o and_o that_o never_o have_v be_v man_n all_o the_o monument_n of_o paganism_n that_o we_o have_v be_v full_a of_o this_o theology_n apuleius_n express_v it_o in_o these_o word_n socratis_n de_fw-fr deo_fw-la socratis_n there_o be_v another_o sort_n of_o daemon_n that_o be_v superior_a and_o more_o august_n who_o be_v free_a from_o the_o bond_n and_o dis-engaged_n from_o the_o chain_n of_o body_n have_v each_o of_o they_o receive_v a_o certain_a particular_a strength_n and_o power_n it_o be_v from_o this_o rank_n of_o superior_a daemon_n that_o plato_n have_v take_v those_o daemon_n of_o which_o he_o believe_v every_o man_n have_v one_o all_o his_o life_n time_n for_o a_o witness_n of_o his_o action_n and_o a_o guardian_n how_o be_v it_o possible_a that_o one_o shall_v not_o perceive_v this_o perfect_a conformity_n between_o the_o pagan_a theology_n and_o the_o popish_a theology_n spirit_n the_o papist_n also_o make_v two_o sort_n of_o mediatory_a spirit_n exact_o as_o the_o heathen_n do_v so_o do_v the_o papist_n make_v two_o order_n of_o spirit_n that_o be_v the_o mediator_n and_o protector_n of_o man_n humane_a soul_n or_o glorify_a saint_n and_o angel_n natural_o separate_v from_o matter_n the_o heathen_n take_v guardian_n from_o among_o those_o daemon_n who_o have_v never_o be_v man_n the_o papist_n assign_v to_o each_o man_n a_o guardian_n spirit_n but_o he_o be_v take_v out_o of_o the_o order_n of_o angel_n they_o call_v he_o the_o guardian_n angel_n and_o every_o devout_a person_n recommend_v himself_o to_o his_o guardian_n angel_n when_o the_o undertake_v any_o thing_n of_o danger_n daemon_n the_o papism_n in_o the_o crection_n consecration_n and_o worship_n of_o image_n have_v perfect_o
bring_v back_o the_o worship_n of_o daemon_n the_o heathen_n to_o render_v these_o daemon_n or_o these_o demigod_n favourable_a to_o they_o erect_v their_o picture_n and_o make_v image_n of_o they_o all_o the_o world_n know_v that_o they_o consecrate_v these_o image_n and_o persuade_v themselves_o that_o by_o virtue_n of_o that_o consecration_n the_o spiritual_a god_n come_v to_o dwell_v in_o that_o matter_n to_o which_o they_o have_v give_v a_o shape_n the_o maker_n of_o image_n say_v tertullian_n give_v body_n to_o the_o daemon_n one_o may_v see_v this_o theology_n very_o distinct_o express_v in_o a_o dialogue_n entitle_v asclepius_n attribute_v to_o hermes_n tresmegistus_n which_o at_o least_o be_v of_o some_o antiquity_n and_o be_v in_o some_o esteem_n among_o the_o heathen_n see_v apisleius_n take_v the_o pain_n to_o translate_v it_o into_o latin._n it_o be_v a_o marvel_n say_v he_o that_o surpass_v all_o other_o marvel_n that_o man_n have_v find_v a_o way_n to_o make_v gods._n our_o ancestor_n be_v great_o deceive_v by_o their_o incredulity_n touch_v the_o god_n and_o have_v but_o little_a regard_n to_o religion_n and_o the_o purity_n of_o the_o divine_a service_n they_o invent_v a_o art_n of_o mark_v god_n because_o they_o can_v not_o make_v soul_n and_o join_v they_o to_o insensible_a body_n they_o call_v the_o soul_n of_o daemon_n and_o of_o angel_n to_o put_v they_o into_o their_o image_n and_o in_o the_o holy_a mystery_n by_o which_o mean_v these_o image_n obtain_v the_o power_n of_o help_v or_o hurt_v see_v altogether_o pure_a popery_n they_o may_v say_v what_o they_o will_v that_o they_o believe_v not_o that_o there_o be_v any_o virtue_n in_o the_o image_n yet_o however_o it_o be_v true_a first_o that_o in_o the_o papism_n a_o image_n that_o have_v not_o be_v consecrate_v according_a to_o the_o ritual_a can_v be_v expose_v to_o the_o public_a devotion_n of_o the_o people_n second_o that_o image_n not_o consecrate_v be_v repute_v of_o no_o virtue_n whereas_o those_o that_o be_v consecrate_v do_v often_o work_v miracle_n or_o the_o he_o and_o she-saint_n work_v miracle_n by_o they_o but_o if_o you_o will_v have_v any_o thing_n that_o be_v yet_o more_o like_a to_o the_o doctrine_n of_o the_o heathen_n touch_v the_o power_n of_o consecration_n to_o draw_v the_o god_n into_o their_o image_n you_o will_v find_v it_o in_o the_o doctrine_n of_o transubstantiation_n and_o the_o real-presence_n as_o the_o heathen_n believe_v they_o do_v by_o their_o invocation_n draw_v down_o their_o god_n into_o their_o brass_n and_o marble_n so_o the_o papism_n by_o the_o virtue_n of_o consecration_n draw_v down_o its_o god_n into_o a_o morcel_n of_o bread_n and_o there_o enclose_v it_o fast_o the_o ancient_a heathen_n defend_v themselves_o in_o this_o matter_n just_a as_o our_o new_a heathen_n you_o deceive_v yourselves_o say_v they_o we_o worship_v neither_o copper_n nor_o silver_n nor_o gold_n nor_o other_o matter_n of_o which_o the_o image_n of_o the_o god_n be_v make_v etc._n etc._n but_o in_o these_o sign_n we_o adore_v and_o worship_v the_o gods._n last_o the_o heathen_n do_v adore_v and_o serve_v the_o relic_n of_o their_o dead_a man_n and_o of_o their_o daemon_n it_o be_v to_o the_o honour_n of_o these_o dead_a man_n that_o the_o feast_n be_v make_v that_o be_v call_v inferiae_fw-la parentalia_fw-la parentationes_fw-la and_o novemdialia_fw-la and_o a_o hundred_o other_o thing_n whence_o we_o have_v elsewhere_o show_v its_o perfect_a conformity_n with_o the_o service_n of_o the_o papism_n for_o the_o dead_a we_o have_v hear_v plato_n quote_v by_o eusebius_n tell_v we_o we_o must_v worship_v the_o sepulchre_n of_o the_o hero_n clemens_n alexandrinus_n arnobius_n eusebius_n etc._n etc._n tell_v we_o the_o temple_n of_o the_o false_a god_n be_v nothing_o else_o but_o the_o tomb_n of_o the_o hero_n and_o this_o be_v exact_o what_o the_o papism_n imitate_v its_o temple_n and_o its_o altar_n be_v garnish_v with_o relic_n and_o it_o will_v believe_v that_o a_o temple_n will_v not_o have_v all_o that_o it_o must_v have_v if_o there_o be_v not_o some_o bone_n of_o a_o saint_n under_o the_o altar_n thus_o you_o have_v that_o which_o persuade_v i_o that_o the_o apostle_n design_n the_o worship_n of_o the_o papism_n by_o the_o doctrine_n of_o daemon_n it_o be_v this_o exact_a conformity_n that_o be_v find_v between_o the_o ancient_a doctrine_n of_o daemon_n and_o the_o mew_n i_o think_v nothing_o can_v be_v object_v but_o this_o viz._n that_o the_o word_n daemon_n in_o the_o h._n scripture_n be_v never_o take_v in_o a_o good_a sense_n it_o always_o signify_v those_o wicked_a spirit_n that_o seduce_v man_n in_o this_o world_n and_o must_v torment_v they_o in_o the_o other_o whereas_o the_o heathen_n in_o their_o theology_n by_o daemon_n understand_v those_o kind_a spirit_n which_o be_v the_o mediator_n of_o commerce_n between_o god_n and_o man_n joseph_n mede_n answer_v to_o this_o two_o thing_n sense_n the_o word_n daemon_n in_o the_o scripture_n be_v not_o always_o take_v in_o a_o ill_a sense_n first_o that_o the_o usage_n of_o this_o word_n daemon_n in_o the_o sense_n of_o the_o pagan_n for_o god_n of_o the_o second_o rank_n be_v not_o unknown_a to_o the_o writer_n of_o the_o new_a testament_n saint_n luke_n in_o the_o 17_o chap._n of_o the_o act_n introduce_v the_o athenian_n say_v of_o saint_n paul_n that_o he_o be_v a_o setter_n forth_o of_o strange_a daemon_n in_o the_o same_o chap._n saint_n paul_n say_v that_o he_o find_v the_o athenian_n too_o much_o addict_v to_o the_o worship_n of_o daemon_n in_o the_o 9_o chapter_n of_o the_o revelation_n saint_n john_n say_v that_o the_o horrible_a plague_n that_o fall_v on_o man_n hinder_v they_o not_o from_o worship_v of_o daemon_n the_o people_n there_o speak_v of_o that_o come_v from_o above_o euphrates_n horseman_n to_o the_o number_n of_o twenty_o thousand_o time_n ten_o thousand_o be_v in_o all_o likelihood_n the_o turk_n and_o those_o that_o be_v smite_v with_o that_o plague_n be_v the_o christian_n to_o who_o the_o adoration_n of_o daemon_n be_v attribute_v because_o they_o worship_v saint_n and_o angel_n the_o second_o thing_n that_o joseph_n mede_n answer_v which_o be_v very_o certain_a and_o very_o solid_a be_v that_o the_o heathen_n sacrifice_v and_o render_v their_o homage_n to_o evil_a spirit_n and_o not_o as_o they_o pretend_v to_o angel_n spirit_n the_o heathen_n &_o the_o papist_n in_o believe_v they_o worship_v good_a genius_n serve_v the_o wicked_a spirit_n and_o to_o the_o happy_a spirit_n that_o be_v administratour_n under_o god._n because_o these_o holy_a creature_n be_v too_o much_o give_v to_o the_o service_n of_o god_n and_o too_o much_o in_o the_o interest_n of_o their_o great_a master_n to_o arrogate_v to_o themselves_o and_o receive_v any_o of_o that_o homage_n that_o man_n will_v render_v to_o they_o the_o heathen_n therefore_o in_o their_o intention_n serve_v good_a genius_n but_o indeed_o the_o wicked_a daemon_n it_o be_v the_o same_o with_o the_o heathen_n of_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n they_o intend_v to_o serve_v the_o saint_n and_o angel_n but_o those_o pure_a and_o happy_a spirit_n have_v no_o mind_n to_o receive_v such_o worship_n it_o go_v to_o they_o that_o refuse_v it_o it_o go_v not_o to_o god_n who_o abominate_v it_o it_o go_v therefore_o to_o the_o devil_n that_o take_v it_o for_o themselves_o and_o rejoice_v in_o it_o so_o the_o antichristian_a idolatry_n may_v just_o be_v call_v by_o the_o same_o name_n as_o the_o heathen_a idolatry_n for_o they_o have_v the_o same_o model_n model_n the_o same_o principle_n the_o same_o ceremony_n and_o they_o go_v to_o the_o honour_n of_o the_o same_o prince_n of_o darkness_n who_o empire_n they_o increase_v chap._n xxi_o what_o be_v the_o character_n of_o those_o that_o be_v to_o establish_v idolatry_n in_o the_o christian_a religion_n they_o be_v priest_n and_o monk_n author_n of_o the_o law_n of_o celibacy_n and_o of_o fast_n how_o many_o fable_n and_o fiction_n have_v be_v invent_v by_o these_o man_n sear_v in_o their_o conscience_n we_o be_v much_o oblige_v to_o the_o h._n spirit_n speak_v by_o the_o mouth_n of_o s._n paul_n that_o he_o will_v in_o this_o text_n add_v the_o character_n of_o the_o person_n that_o be_v to_o cause_v apostasy_n daemon_n what_o must_v be_v the_o character_n of_o those_o that_o shall_v teach_v doctrine_n concern_v daemon_n and_o teach_v this_o doctrine_n of_o daemon_n for_o at_o last_o these_o term_n of_o apostasy_n and_o the_o doctrine_n of_o devil_n or_o of_o daemon_n be_v general_a the_o subject_n of_o antichrist_n will_v always_o have_v be_v able_a to_o have_v save_v themselves_o by_o the_o help_n of_o the_o doubtfulness_n and_o ambiguity_n of_o they_o in_o say_v that_o every_o heresy_n be_v apostasy_n and_o every_o lie_n be_v a_o doctrine_n of_o
very_o little_a importance_n to_o know_v by_o what_o spirit_n this_o have_v be_v express_o say_v by_o that_o of_o the_o prophet_n or_o that_o of_o st._n paul_n see_v it_o be_v the_o same_o spirit_n and_o beside_o this_o we_o shall_v have_v occasion_n to_o say_v something_o o_o fit_n in_o one_o of_o the_o follow_a chapter_n chap._n xxii_o the_o character_n of_o antichrist_n in_o the_o papism_n confirm_v by_o the_o great_a type_n of_o antichrist_n antiochus_n epiphanes_n that_o which_o be_v speak_v literal_o of_o this_o antiochus_n agree_v mystical_o to_o the_o pope_n and_o the_o papism_n there_o be_v but_o one_o spring_n more_o whence_o i_o will_v draw_v the_o character_n of_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n viz._n those_o chapter_n of_o the_o revelation_n of_o the_o prophet_n daniel_n where_o the_o most_o famous_a of_o the_o persecutor_n of_o the_o jewish_a nation_n be_v literal_o speak_v of_o and_o the_o most_o fatal_a persecution_n that_o nation_n endure_v the_o first_o text_n of_o this_o prophecy_n be_v find_v in_o the_o 28_o verse_n of_o the_o 11_o chapter_n to_o the_o end_n letter_n in_o the_o 28_o verse_n of_o the_o 11_o cha_fw-mi of_o daniel_n antinchus_n epiphanes_n be_v find_v according_a to_o the_o letter_n 28._o then_o shall_v he_o return_v into_o his_o land_n with_o great_a riches_n and_o his_o heart_n shall_v be_v against_o the_o holy_a covenant_n and_o he_o shall_v do_v exploit_n and_o return_v to_o his_o own_o land._n 29._o at_o the_o time_n appoint_v he_o shall_v return_v and_o come_v towards_o the_o south_n but_o it_o shall_v not_o be_v as_o the_o former_a or_o as_o the_o late_a 30._o for_o the_o ship_n of_o chittim_n shall_v come_v against_o he_o therefore_o he_o shall_v be_v grieve_v and_o return_v and_o have_v indignation_n against_o the_o holy_a covenant_n so_o shall_v he_o do_v he_o shall_v even_o return_v and_o have_v intelligence_n with_o they_o that_o forsake_v the_o holy_a covenant_n 31._o and_o arm_n shall_v stand_v on_o his_o part_n and_o they_o shall_v pollute_v the_o sanctuary_n of_o strength_n and_o shall_v take_v away_o the_o daily_a sacrifice_n and_o they_o shall_v place_v the_o abomination_n that_o make_v desolate_a 32._o and_o such_o as_o do_v wicked_o against_o the_o covenant_n shall_v he_o corrupt_v by_o flattery_n but_o the_o people_n that_o do_v know_v their_o god_n shall_v be_v strong_a and_o do_v exploit_n 33._o and_o they_o that_o understand_v among_o the_o people_n shall_v instruct_v many_o yet_o they_o shall_v fall_v by_o the_o sword_n and_o by_o the_o flame_n and_o by_o captivity_n and_o by_o spoil_v many_o day_n 34._o now_o when_o they_o shall_v fall_v they_o shall_v be_v holpen_v with_o a_o little_a help_n but_o many_o shall_v cleave_v to_o they_o with_o flattery_n 35._o and_o some_o of_o they_o understanding_n shall_v fall_v to_o try_v they_o and_o to_o purge_v and_o to_o make_v they_o white_a even_o to_o the_o time_n of_o the_o and_z because_o it_o be_v yet_o for_o a_o time_n appoint_v 36._o and_o the_o king_n shall_v do_v according_a to_o his_o will_n and_o he_o shall_v exalt_v himself_o and_o magnify_v himself_o above_o very_a god_n and_o shall_v speak_v màrvellous_a thing_n against_o the_o god_n of_o god_n and_o shall_v prosper_v till_o the_o indignation_n be_v accomplish_v for_o that_o that_o be_v determine_v shall_v be_v do_v 37._o neither_o shall_v he_o regard_v the_o god_n of_o his_o father_n nor_o the_o desire_n of_o woman_n nor_o regardany_n god_n for_o he_o shall_v magnify_v himself_o above_o all_o 38._o but_o in_o his_o estate_n shall_v he_o honour_v the_o god_n of_o force_n and_o a_o god_n who_o his_o father_n know_v not_o shall_v he_o honour_v with_o gold_n and_o silver_n and_o with_o precious_a stone_n and_o pleasant_a thing_n 39_o thus_o shall_v he_o do_v in_o the_o most_o strong_a hold_v with_o a_o strange_a god_n who_o he_o shall_v acknowledge_v and_o increase_v with_o glory_n and_o he_o shall_v cause_v they_o to_o rule_v over_o many_o and_o shall_v divide_v the_o land_n for_o gain_v 40._o and_o at_o the_o time_n of_o the_o end_n shall_v the_o king_n of_o the_o south_n push_n at_o he_o and_o the_o king_n of_o the_o north_n shall_v come_v against_o he_o like_o a_o whirlwind_n with_o chariot_n and_o with_o horseman_n and_o with_o any_o ship_n and_o he_o shall_v enter_v into_o the_o country_n and_o shall_v overflow_v and_o pass_v over_o 41._o he_o shall_v enter_v also_o into_o the_o glorious_a land_n and_o many_o country_n shall_v be_v overthrow_v but_o these_o shall_v escape_v out_o of_o his_o hand_n even_o edom_n and_o moab_n and_o the_o chief_a of_o the_o child_n of_o ammon_n 42._o he_o shall_v stretch_v forth_o his_o hand_n also_o upon_o the_o country_n and_o the_o land_n of_o egypt_n shall_v not_o escape_v 43._o but_o he_o shall_v have_v power_n over_o the_o treasure_n of_o gold_n and_o of_o silver_n and_o over_o all_o the_o precious_a thing_n of_o egypt_n and_o the_o libyan_n and_o the_o ethiopian_n shall_v be_v at_o his_o step_n 44._o but_o tiding_n out_o of_o the_o east_n and_o out_o of_o the_o north_n shall_v trouble_v he_o therefore_o he_o shall_v go_v forth_o with_o great_a fury_n to_o destroy_v and_o utter_o to_o make_v away_o many_o 45._o and_o he_o shall_v plant_v the_o tabernacle_n of_o his_o palace_n between_o the_o sea_n and_o in_o the_o glorious_a holy_a mountain_n yet_o he_o shall_v come_v to_o his_o end_n and_o none_o shall_v help_v he_o i_o find_v a_o pretty_a great_a agreement_n among_o interpreter_n on_o this_o chapter_n and_o the_o verse_n which_o we_o have_v just_a now_o read_v by_o those_o of_o both_o communion_n it_o be_v agree_v that_o it_o be_v antiochus_n call_v epiphanes_n one_o of_o alexander_n successor_n that_o be_v here_o literal_o speak_v of_o it_o be_v the_o very_a same_o that_o the_o other_o prophecy_n respect_v in_o the_o eight_o chap._n where_o the_o h._n spirit_n have_v represent_v to_o daniel_n in_o a_o vision_n the_o empire_n of_o the_o mede_n and_o pèrsians_n under_o the_o emblem_n of_o a_o ram_n with_o two_o horn_n he_o describe_v the_o empire_n of_o the_o greek_n under_o the_o emblem_n of_o a_o he-goat_n that_o have_v at_o first_o only_o one_o horn_n in_o the_o middle_n of_o his_o forehead_n which_o be_v break_v four_o other_o horn_n less_o than_o the_o first_o come_v in_o its_o place_n afterward_o from_o one_o of_o these_o four_o horn_n come_v forth_o a_o little_a horn_n of_o which_o the_o prophecy_n thus_o speak_v c._n 8._o v._n 9_o and_o out_o of_o one_o of_o they_o come_v forth_o a_o little_a horn_n which_o wax_v exceed_v great_a towards_o the_o south_n and_o towards_o the_o east_n and_o towards_o the_o pleasant_a land_n v._o 10._o and_o it_o wax_v great_a even_o to_o the_o host_n of_o heaven_n and_o it_o cast_v down_o some_o of_o the_o host_n and_o of_o the_o star_n to_o the_o ground_n and_o stamp_v upon_o they_o 11._o yea_o he_o magnify_v himself_o even_o to_o the_o prince_n of_o the_o host_n and_o by_o he_o the_o daily_a sacrifice_n be_v take_v away_o and_o the_o place_n of_o his_o sanctuary_n be_v cast_v down_o 12._o and_o a_o host_n be_v give_v he_o against_o the_o daily_a sacrifice_n by_o reason_n of_o transgression_n and_o it_o cast_v down_o the_o truth_n to_o the_o ground_n and_o it_o practise_v and_o prosper_v 13._o then_o i_o hear_v one_o saint_n speak_v and_o another_o saint_n say_v unto_o that_o certain_a saint_n which_o speak_v how_o long_o shall_v be_v the_o vision_n concern_v the_o daily_a sacrifice_n and_o the_o transgression_n of_o desolation_n to_o give_v both_o the_o sanctuary_n and_o the_o host_n to_o be_v tread_v underfoot_o 14._o and_o he_o say_v unto_o i_o unto_o two_o thousand_o and_o 300._o day_n then_o shall_v the_o sanctuary_n be_v cleanse_v it_o be_v also_o to_o the_o same_o antiochus_n that_o we_o must_v refer_v the_o whole_a 12_o chapt._n of_o the_o same_o book_n of_o daniel_n c._n 12._o v._n 1._o and_o at_o that_o time_n shall_v michael_n stand_v up_o the_o great_a prince_n which_o stand_v for_o the_o child_n of_o thy_o people_n and_o there_o shall_v be_v a_o time_n of_o trouble_n such_o as_o never_o be_v since_o there_o be_v a_o nation_n even_o to_o that_o same_o time_n and_o at_o that_o time_n shall_v thy_o people_n be_v deliver_v every_o one_o that_o shall_v be_v find_v write_v in_o the_o book_n 2._o and_o many_o of_o they_o that_o sleep_n in_o the_o dust_n of_o the_o earth_n shall_v wake_v some_o to_o everlasting_a life_n and_o some_o to_o everlasting_a shame_n and_o contempt_n 3._o and_o they_o that_o be_v wise_a shall_v shine_v as_o the_o brightness_n of_o the_o firnament_n and_o they_o that_o turn_v many_o to_o righteousness_n as_o the_o star_n for_o ever_o and_o ever_o 4._o but_o thou_o o_o daniel_n shut_v up_o the_o word_n and_o seal_v the_o book_n even_o
must_v be_v according_a to_o bellarmine_n the_o last_o roman_a enperour_n though_o without_o the_o name_n of_o a_o roman_a emperor_n and_o this_o roman_a empire_n be_v bring_v in_o anew_o express_o for_o the_o seven_o head_n with_o ten_o horn_n which_o make_v antichrist_n i._n e._n the_o ten_o king_n his_o vassal_n which_o give_v he_o their_o power_n in_o truth_n three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a will_v they_o well_o deserve_v that_o the_o holy_a spirit_n shall_v represent_v they_o to_o we_o and_o lay_v before_o our_o eye_n afresh_o all_o this_o great_a empire_n of_o almost_o 3000_o year_n duration_n for_o by_o the_o confession_n of_o our_o adversary_n the_o roman_a empire_n do_v yet_o last_o and_o shall_v continue_v even_o to_o antichrist_n who_o shall_v be_v the_o last_o king_n of_o it_o now_o there_o be_v about_o two_o thousand_o four_o or_o five_o hundred_o year_n since_o the_o first_o foundation_n of_o rome_n moreover_o antichrist_n be_v the_o seven_o head_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n this_o be_v so_o evident_a that_o it_o can_v be_v gainsayed_n now_o must_v there_o not_o be_v some_o proportion_n between_o the_o head_n and_o their_o duration_n the_o head_n of_o the_o king_n last_v near_o 200_o year_n that_o of_o the_o emperor_n above_o 500_o year_n what_o proportion_n be_v there_o between_o so_o long_a a_o duration_n and_o this_o of_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a as_o for_o we_o we_o pretend_v that_o the_o last_o head_n must_v endure_v as_o long_o as_o the_o other_o six_o rome_n under_o king_n consul_n decemvir_n tribune_n of_o the_o people_n perpetual_a dictator_n and_o emperor_n have_v last_v about_o 1250_o year_n it_o must_v be_v as_o long_o under_o the_o pope_n but_o at_o least_o the_o head_n of_o antichrist_n shall_v last_v at_o rome_n some_o age_n to_o have_v its_o duration_n proportionable_a to_o that_o of_o the_o other_o head_n it_o signify_v nothing_o to_o we_o what_o period_n be_v assign_v to_o it_o provide_v it_o be_v not_o that_o of_o three_o natural_a year_n and_o a_o half_a for_o we_o have_v prove_v that_o if_o it_o can_v be_v take_v for_o three_o natural_a year_n and_o a_o half_a it_o must_v necessary_o be_v take_v for_o prophetical_a year_n they_o three_o arg._n in_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a antichrist_n can_v prevail_v over_o the_o nation_n of_o the_o earth_n neither_o by_o violence_n nor_o by_o seduce_v they_o three_o in_o the_o same_o chapter_n the_o same_o antichristian_a empire_n appear_v again_o under_o the_o form_n of_o a_o second_o beast_n that_o have_v but_o one_o head_n and_o two_o horn_n yet_o once_o more_o see_v a_o great_a mystery_n for_o a_o matter_n that_o be_v to_o endure_v but_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a in_o a_o period_n of_o 2000_o year_n of_o the_o first_o beast_n the_o prophet_n say_v that_o it_o be_v give_v to_o he_o to_o make_v war_n with_o the_o saint_n and_o to_o overcome_v they_o and_o also_o to_o he_o be_v give_v power_n over_o every_o tribe_n tongue_n and_o nation_n and_o of_o the_o second_o that_o he_o shall_v deceive_v they_o that_o dwell_v on_o the_o earth_n by_o reason_n of_o those_o miracle_n which_o he_o have_v power_n to_o do_v etc._n etc._n and_o that_o all_o both_o small_a and_o great_a free_a and_o bond_n shall_v receive_v his_o mark_n in_o their_o hand_n and_o in_o their_o forehead_n afterward_o it_o be_v say_v of_o this_o antichristian_a empire_n under_o the_o emblem_n of_o a_o woman_n sit_v on_o a_o beast_n with_o seven_o head_n and_o ten_o horn_n that_o all_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n have_v commit_v whoredom_n with_o she_o that_o she_o make_v drink_v all_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o the_o earth_n with_o the_o wine_n of_o her_o whoredom_n and_o that_o all_o the_o nation_n drink_v of_o the_o wine_n of_o her_o whoredom_n this_o signify_v two_o thing_n one_o that_o this_o antichristian_a empire_n must_v subdue_v all_o nation_n the_o second_o that_o it_o must_v seduce_v they_o by_o its_o sign_n and_o false_a miracle_n now_o can_v any_o one_o imagine_v that_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a suffice_v first_o to_o conquer_v a_o empire_n and_o overcome_v all_o nation_n second_o to_o seduce_v and_o pervert_v they_o and_o bring_v they_o to_o deny_v the_o christian_a religion_n if_o antichrist_n be_v to_o use_v that_o method_n that_o be_v use_v in_o france_n and_o be_v to_o use_v no_o other_o but_o that_o it_o may_v be_v in_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a he_o can_v make_v many_o kingdom_n abjure_v christianity_n as_o in_o six_o month_n he_o have_v make_v the_o reformation_n be_v abjure_v by_o more_o than_o a_o million_o of_o person_n but_o it_o be_v plain_a the_o antichrist_n of_o the_o papist_n be_v not_o to_o use_v this_o way_n so_o that_o one_o may_v say_v the_o clergy_n of_o france_n have_v outstrip_v their_o antichrist_n and_o that_o there_o never_o be_v a_o more_o hellish_a sort_n of_o persecution_n it_o be_v clear_a i_o say_v that_o antichrist_n be_v to_o carry_v away_o man_n by_o seduce_v they_o for_o otherwise_o why_o shall_v he_o work_v sign_n and_o miracle_n and_o though_o he_o be_v to_o pervert_v the_o christian_n with_o dragoon_n at_o least_o certain_o he_o ought_v to_o have_v conquer_v they_o by_o arm_n before_o hand_n and_o have_v overturn_v every_o other_o empire_n can_v he_o conquer_v all_o the_o world_n in_o three_o year_n where_o be_v the_o example_n of_o so_o swift_a a_o conquest_n alexander_n the_o great_a be_v represent_v in_o the_o vision_n of_o the_o four_o beast_n as_o a_o leopard_n by_o reason_n of_o the_o speediness_n of_o his_o conquest_n yet_o he_o spend_v more_o than_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a and_o have_v conquer_v but_o one_o part_n of_o asia_n when_o he_o die_v be_v three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a sufficient_a to_o reassemble_v the_o jew_n from_o all_o the_o country_n of_o the_o world_n to_o make_v they_o master_n of_o the_o whole_a universe_n to_o re-establish_a the_o mosaical_a worship_n and_o rebuild_v the_o temple_n of_o solomon_n only_o the_o build_n of_o the_o temple_n the_o first_o time_n take_v up_o seven_o year_n the_o labour_v more_o than_o 40_o year_n about_o that_o of_o herod_n and_o this_o of_o antichrist_n which_o will_v apparent_o be_v more_o magnificent_a shall_v be_v finish_v in_o a_o few_o month_n if_o there_o be_v therefore_o nothing_o else_o but_o what_o be_v to_o be_v do_v by_o the_o violence_n of_o antichrist_n according_a to_o the_o very_a supposition_n of_o the_o popish_a doctor_n it_o will_v be_v impossible_a to_o be_v do_v in_o 30_o year_n how_o much_o more_o impossible_a be_v it_o that_o he_o shall_v attain_v his_o end_n in_o so_o short_a a_o time_n in_o what_o he_o be_v to_o do_v by_o the_o mean_n of_o seduce_v his_o false_a prophet_n must_v seduce_v all_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o the_o earth_n i._n e._n all_o the_o subject_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n according_a to_o the_o style_n of_o the_o writer_n in_o those_o time_n who_o define_v the_o roman_a empire_n by_o the_o habitable_a earth_n there_o must_v be_v much_o more_o time_n to_o seduce_v the_o nation_n than_o to_o conquer_v they_o if_o antichrist_n be_v to_o establish_v his_o religion_n by_o violence_n only_o it_o may_v be_v say_v that_o in_o build_v up_o his_o empire_n he_o will_v build_v up_o his_o religion_n but_o it_o be_v clear_a than_o the_o day_n that_o he_o must_v persuade_v and_o seduce_v it_o be_v for_o this_o purpose_n that_o he_o work_v sign_n there_o be_v no_o need_n of_o miracle_n to_o establish_v a_o religion_n by_o arm_n the_o prophecy_n say_v express_o that_o he_o shall_v make_v drink_v the_o nation_n of_o the_o earth_n with_o the_o wine_n of_o his_o whoredom_n which_o signify_v great_a obstinacy_n drunkeness_n of_o mind_n persuasion_n now_o behold_v a_o strange_a thing_n in_o less_o than_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a a_o seducer_n utter_o destroy_v the_o whole_a christian_a religion_n and_o by_o the_o mean_n of_o persuasion_n seduce_v all_o the_o christian_n and_o persuade_v they_o to_o become_v jew_n revel_n four_o argument_n the_o mere_a fall_n of_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n must_v take_v up_o more_o year_n according_a to_o the_o 14_o chap._n of_o the_o revel_n four_o we_o have_v in_o the_o 14_o chap._n a_o abridgement_n of_o the_o history_n of_o the_o ruin_n of_o spiritual_a babylon_n she_o be_v fall_v she_o be_v fall_v babylon_n that_o great_a city_n we_o have_v prove_v before_o that_o babylon_n and_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n be_v the_o same_o thing_n now_o the_o prophet_n in_o this_o chapt._n concern_v the_o end_n of_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n make_v two_o period_n of_o his_o last_o ruin_n the_o first_o be_v call_v the_o harvest_n then_o he_o that_o sit_v on_o the_o cloud_n thrust_v in_o his_o sickle_n on_o the_o earth_n 14.8_o c._n 14.8_o and_o the_o earth_n be_v reap_v
the_o world_n but_o be_v manifest_a in_o these_o last_o time_n for_o we_o 4._o 2_o pet._n 3.3_o 4._o the_o same_o apostle_n tell_v we_o in_o the_o last_o day_n shall_v come_v scoffer_n walk_v after_o their_o own_o lust_n and_o say_v where_o be_v the_o promise_n of_o his_o come_n it_o be_v the_o very_a time_n in_o which_o saint_n peter_n speak_v and_o write_v for_o it_o be_v speak_v as_o of_o person_n that_o be_v in_o be_v already_o and_o it_o appear_v by_o the_o second_o chapter_n of_o the_o epistle_n to_o the_o thessalonian_o that_o there_o be_v a_o opinion_n spread_v abroad_o that_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n be_v at_o hand_n which_o make_v profane_a one_o say_v where_o be_v the_o promise_n of_o his_o come_n which_o they_o tell_v we_o be_v nigh_o the_o prophet_n joel_n say_v 2._o act_n 2._o in_o the_o last_o day_n i_o will_v pour_v out_o my_o spirit_n on_o all_o flesh_n st._n peter_n apply_v this_o oracle_n to_o that_o which_o happen_v on_o the_o day_n of_o pentecost_n and_o in_o the_o age_n of_o the_o primitive_a church_n 3.1_o 2._o tim._n 3.1_o st._n paul_n say_v to_o timothy_n know_v this_o that_o in_o the_o last_o day_n perilous_a time_n shall_v come_v for_o man_n shall_v be_v lover_n of_o their_o own_o self_n etc._n etc._n these_o last_o day_n begin_v a_o little_a after_o st._n paul_n for_o the_o church_n be_v not_o long_o before_o she_o corrupt_v her_o manner_n these_o very_a same_o text_n prove_v also_o the_o other_o thing_n we_o have_v lay_v down_o which_o be_v that_o the_o last_o time_n do_v not_o signify_v a_o short_a duration_n for_o the_o manifestation_n of_o jesus_n christ_n make_v in_o the_o last_o time_n and_o god_n speak_v to_o we_o in_o the_o last_o day_n by_o his_o son_n and_o the_o last_o day_n wherein_o the_o profane_a shall_v bear_v sway_n all_o this_o i_o say_v signify_v the_o time_n that_o pass_v from_o i._o christ_n to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o word_n church_n the_o time_n divide_v into_o three_o part_n in_o reference_n to_o the_o church_n to_o understand_v why_o the_o period_n that_o pass_v from_o jesus_n christ_n to_o this_o present_a time_n be_v call_v the_o last_o time_n we_o must_v observe_v that_o in_o the_o scripture_n the_o time_n be_v divide_v either_o with_o reference_n to_o the_o church_n or_o with_o reference_n to_o the_o world._n with_o reference_n to_o the_o church_n there_o be_v three_o time_n a_o time_n when_o the_o church_n be_v without_o the_o law_n and_o without_o the_o gospel_n this_o be_v the_o first_o time_n that_o pass_v from_o adam_n to_o moses_n a_o time_n wherein_o the_o church_n have_v the_o law_n of_o moses_n that_o be_v the_o time_n from_o the_o departure_n out_o of_o egypt_n to_o i._n christ_n that_o be_v the_o second_o time_n last_o a_o time_n wherein_o the_o church_n enjoy_v the_o light_n of_o jesus_n christ_n that_o be_v we_o and_o that_o be_v the_o three_o time_n four_o the_o time_n in_o reference_n to_o the_o world_n be_v divide_v into_o four_o with_o reference_n to_o the_o world_n the_o time_n be_v divide_v into_o four_o great_a monarchy_n that_o must_v precede_v the_o last_o reign_n of_o i._o christ_n the_o first_o be_v the_o monarchy_n of_o the_o assyrian_n which_o have_v its_o seat_n first_o at_o niniveh_n and_o afterward_o at_o babylon_n the_o second_o be_v that_o of_o the_o persian_n the_o three_o that_o of_o the_o greek_n and_o the_o four_o that_o of_o the_o roman_n who_o reign_n must_v be_v prolong_v till_o the_o kingdom_n be_v give_v to_o j._n christ_n and_o his_o saint_n time_n since_o jesus_n christ_n we_o be_v in_o the_o last_o time_n now_o whether_o we_o refer_v it_o to_o the_o first_o division_n or_o the_o second_o it_o be_v still_o true_a that_o we_o be_v in_o the_o last_o time_n that_o i._o christ_n come_v in_o the_o last_o time_n and_o that_o the_o empire_n of_o antichrist_n must_v be_v in_o the_o last_o time_n j._n christ_n come_v in_o the_o three_o and_o last_o time_n with_o reference_n to_o the_o time_n of_o the_o church_n see_v he_o come_v since_o the_o law_n of_o moses_n cease_v to_o be_v in_o its_o vigour_n and_o antichrist_n also_o have_v his_o reign_n in_o the_o three_o and_o last_o period_n of_o the_o church_n jesus_n christ_n also_o come_v in_o the_o last_o time_n with_o respect_n to_o the_o world_n for_o he_o come_v in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n antichrist_n with_o much_o more_o reason_n may_v be_v assign_v to_o the_o last_o time_n of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n because_o he_o himself_o be_v but_o a_o continuation_n of_o that_o four_o monarchy_n but_o to_o be_v so_o much_o the_o more_o full_o persuade_v that_o it_o be_v a_o very_a proper_a expression_n it_o must_v be_v observe_v that_o the_o four_o monarchy_n figure_v by_o the_o four_o beast_n be_v to_o have_v two_o great_a period_n one_o of_o six_o head_n the_o other_o of_o a_o seven_o head_n have_v ten_o horn_n the_o period_n of_o the_o six_o first_o head_n be_v the_o roman_a empire_n under_o king_n consul_n decemvir_n tribune_n of_o the_o people_n perpetual_a dictator_n and_z emperor_n and_o this_o first_o period_n contain_v about_o 12_o or_o 1300_o year_n the_o period_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n or_o the_o seven_o beast_n with_o ten_o horn_n be_v that_o of_o antichrist_n and_o the_o ten_o king_n which_o must_v also_o be_v between_o 12_o and_o 1300_o year_n antichrist_n therefore_o be_v come_v in_o the_o last_o time_n of_o the_o last_o time_n i._n e._n in_o the_o last_o period_n of_o the_o four_o and_o last_o worldly_a monarchy_n and_o consequent_o the_o holy_a spirit_n may_v with_o very_o great_a reason_n call_v his_o reign_n the_o last_o time_n and_o thence_o it_o can_v by_o no_o mean_n be_v conclude_v that_o this_o kingdom_n must_v last_v but_o a_o few_o year_n before_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world._n have_v say_v all_o that_o i_o have_v to_o say_v to_o destroy_v this_o false_a imagination_n that_o the_o empire_n of_o antichrist_n must_v last_v but_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a i_o may_v just_o reassume_v and_o urge_v all_o those_o argument_n i_o former_o mention_v to_o prove_v that_o the_o idea_n of_o antichrist_n which_o the_o papist_n frame_v to_o themselves_o be_v false_a and_o that_o the_o popish_a roman_a see_v be_v the_o true_a antichrist_n but_o before_o that_o i_o must_v use_v they_o yet_o once_o more_o to_o confound_v the_o dishonesty_n of_o the_o translator_n of_o the_o port-royal_a reign_v rev._n 17.10_o the_o dishonesty_n of_o the_o translation_n of_o the_o port-royal_a about_o the_o duration_n of_o antichrist_n reign_v who_o say_v of_o the_o ten_o king_n that_o they_o shall_v take_v power_n for_o one_o hour_n or_o for_o a_o little_a time_n with_o the_o beast_n instead_o of_o translate_n in_o in_o the_o same_o hour_n or_o at_o the_o same_o time_n with_o the_o beast_n they_o find_v this_o translation_n or_o rather_o this_o notorious_a falsification_n very_o proper_a to_o take_v away_o from_o the_o reform_a this_o text_n that_o prove_v so_o clear_o that_o the_o birth_n of_o antichrist_n must_v be_v reckon_v from_o the_o division_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n among_o ten_o king_n and_o into_o ten_o kingdom_n but_o afterward_o we_o shall_v see_v that_o though_o we_o shall_v let_v their_o translation_n pass_v our_o proof_n will_v not_o in_o the_o least_o be_v weaken_v by_o it_o but_o as_o they_o will_v not_o agree_v that_o 1260_o year_n may_v be_v call_v a_o little_a time_n see_v here_o they_o be_v engage_v to_o prove_v that_o all_o that_o we_o have_v say_v to_o prove_v that_o the_o 1260_o day_n of_o antichrist_n reign_n be_v so_o many_o year_n be_v illusion_n a_o chimaera_n a_o dream_n and_o a_o sophism_n for_o if_o our_o proof_n do_v subsist_v how_o will_v they_o maintain_v their_o version_n that_o the_o king_n shall_v take_v power_n for_o a_o little_a time_n with_o the_o beast_n see_v all_o interpreter_n do_v agree_v and_o it_o be_v clear_a of_o itself_o without_o their_o consent_n that_o the_o power_n of_o the_o ten_o king_n must_v last_v as_o long_o as_o that_o of_o the_o beast_n and_o also_o these_o ten_o king_n must_v reach_v beyond_o the_o beast_n for_o after_o they_o have_v clothe_v he_o with_o their_o power_n they_o must_v strip_v he_o of_o it_o eat_v his_o flesh_n and_o burn_v it_o with_o fire_n if_o therefore_o they_o duration_n and_o continuance_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v 1260_o year_n as_o we_o have_v demonstrate_v it_o it_o be_v necessary_a that_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o ten_o king_n be_v 1260_o year_n and_o consequent_o this_o reign_n will_v not_o be_v for_o one_o hour_n and_o for_o a_o little_a time_n it_o be_v here_o that_o these_o gentleman_n the_o interpreter_n will_v have_v great_a need_n of_o the_o arabic_a rabbinical_a learning_n and_o hebrew_n of_o father_n
constantinople_n against_o the_o turk_n but_o they_o leap_v over_o this_o barriere_n and_o spread_v themselves_o as_o far_o as_o the_o euxine_a sea_n and_o the_o bosphorus_n and_o the_o aegean_a sea_n or_o the_o archipelago_n the_o croisades_n about_o the_o end_n of_o the_o eleven_o age_n drive_v they_o back_o take_v from_o they_o nice_a and_o a_o part_n of_o the_o lesser_a asia_n but_o afterward_o they_o come_v again_o and_o waste_v the_o grecian_a empire_n they_o take_v all_o away_o from_o it_o as_o far_o as_o the_o sea_n call_v bosphorus_n and_o as_o far_o as_o the_o archipelago_n behold_v these_o be_v the_o king_n of_o the_o east_n which_o appear_v again_o in_o our_o six_o viol_n behold_v the_o euphrates_n which_o again_o come_v upon_o the_o stage_n but_o what_o be_v this_o euphrates_n turk_n here_o euphrates_n be_v the_o thracian_a bosphorus_n the_o second_o barriere_n of_o the_o turk_n in_o this_o prophecy_n whatever_o serve_v as_o a_o barriere_n to_o the_o turk_n be_v call_v euphrates_n because_o this_o river_n be_v the_o first_o barriere_n which_o do_v separate_v that_o people_n from_o christendom_n after_o the_o turk_n have_v get_v over_o that_o river_n they_o find_v another_o euphrates_n viz._n the_o bosphorus_n this_o in_o their_o last_o eruption_n be_v the_o same_o that_o euphrates_n have_v be_v in_o their_o first_o namely_o a_o barriere_n that_o for_o a_o little_a while_n stop_v their_o course_n though_o at_o last_o they_o leap_v over_o it_o this_o figure_n be_v very_o ordinary_a in_o orator_n and_o consequent_o there_o be_v ground_n to_o seek_v it_o in_o prophet_n who_o style_n be_v much_o more_o figurative_a thus_o one_o will_v say_v here_o be_v my_o herculis_n pillar_n meaning_n here_o i_o will_v bound_v my_o conquest_n another_o will_v say_v here_o be_v my_o east-indies_n meaning_n here_o i_o will_v bound_v my_o long_a voyage_n a_o three_o say_v this_o be_v my_o lowre_n meaning_n this_o be_v my_o palace_n or_o residence_n so_o it_o may_v be_v say_v of_o the_o turk_n stop_v behind_o the_o bosphorus_n this_o be_v their_o euphrates_n therefore_o the_o sea_n call_v archipel_n and_o the_o bosphorus_n of_o thrace_n in_o the_o thirteen_o age_n be_v the_o barriere_n that_o part_v the_o remainder_n of_o the_o greek_a empire_n and_o the_o empire_n of_o the_o turk_n but_o at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o 14_o age_n the_o turk_n under_o the_o conduct_n of_o the_o proud_a bajazet_n and_o by_o mean_n of_o the_o treachery_n of_o the_o genuese_n who_o let_v their_o galley_n to_o they_o they_o pass_v the_o bosphorus_n make_v themselves_o master_n of_o all_o thrace_n fix_v the_o seat_n of_o their_o empire_n at_o adrianople_n and_o plunder_v all_o greece_n insomuch_o that_o the_o greek_a emperor_n have_v scarce_o any_o thing_n leave_v beside_o the_o city_n of_o constantinople_n tamerlain_n tame_v the_o pride_n of_o bajazet_n and_o for_o a_o while_o stop_v the_o fury_n of_o this_o torrent_n but_o the_o child_n and_o successor_n of_o bajazet_n soon_o after_o carry_v on_o their_o conquest_n and_o 50_o year_n after_o quite_o ruin_v the_o remainder_n of_o the_o greek_a empire_n mahomet_n ii_o take_v constantinople_n in_o the_o year_n 1452._o after_o which_o the_o turk_n overflow_v as_o a_o torrent_n conquer_v all_o greece_n macedonia_n albania_n slavonia_n croatia_n bulgaria_n hungary_n and_o extend_v the_o bound_n of_o their_o empire_n even_o unto_o the_o border_n of_o germany_n here_o therefore_o the_o archipel_n and_o the_o bosphorus_n which_o be_v join_v to_o it_o be_v call_v euphrates_n because_o this_o sea_n serve_v as_o a_o barriere_n against_o the_o turk_n as_o euphrates_n former_o have_v do_v this_o be_v the_o euphrates_n of_o that_o time_n and_o the_o holy_a ghost_n keep_v the_o name_n of_o euphrates_n in_o this_o second_o barriere_n that_o we_o may_v in_o this_o text_n the_o more_o certain_o discern_v the_o turk_n who_o have_v pass_v over_o euphrates_n when_o they_o first_o invade_v the_o greek_a empire_n and_o christendom_n europe_n the_o latin_a church_n suffer_v infinite_o by_o the_o passage_n of_o the_o turk_n into_o europe_n this_o be_v the_o six_o plague_n which_o may_v be_v well_o call_v the_o plague_n upon_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o beast_n for_o that_o kingdom_n do_v infinite_o suffer_v by_o it_o it_o be_v true_a the_o first_o desolation_n fall_v upon_o the_o greek_a empire_n but_o as_o i_o have_v already_o remark_v the_o great_a idolatry_n which_o reign_v in_o the_o greek_a church_n have_v make_v it_o become_v a_o province_n of_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n it_o be_v indeed_o separate_v by_o a_o schism_n from_o the_o latin_a church_n notwithstanding_o it_o be_v a_o province_n beside_o this_o the_o latin_a church_n the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v infinite_o a_o loser_n how_o many_o fair_a province_n and_o brave_a kingdom_n be_v rend_v off_o from_o the_o west_n by_o the_o turk_n how_o often_o have_v the_o turk_n vex_v italy_n nay_o even_o christian_a prince_n have_v use_v they_o to_o mortify_v the_o pope_n beside_o what_o they_o have_v already_o do_v we_o know_v not_o what_o they_o must_v do_v hereafter_o the_o holy_a ghost_n seem_v to_o intimate_v that_o god_n have_v place_v they_o there_o for_o some_o great_a work_n than_o that_o which_o they_o have_v already_o perform_v for_o the_o spirit_n say_v that_o the_o way_n of_o the_o king_n of_o the_o east_n may_v be_v prepare_v without_o tell_v we_o what_o work_n they_o be_v to_o do_v and_o the_o reason_n be_v because_o their_o great_a work_n must_v not_o be_v do_v under_o the_o six_o plague_n but_o at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o seven_o god_n have_v think_v it_o sufficient_a to_o tell_v we_o that_o he_o have_v place_v they_o on_o this_o side_n the_o bosphorus_n and_o bring_v they_o even_o to_o the_o border_n of_o germany_n to_o be_v the_o instrument_n of_o his_o great_a work_n at_o least_o this_o be_v the_o opinion_n of_o many_o who_o be_v take_v with_o the_o prophecy_n of_o drabicius_n they_o be_v persuade_v that_o the_o turk_n must_v destroy_v rome_n the_o present_a state_n of_o his_o affair_n do_v not_o promise_v this_o for_o since_o the_o ottoman_a empire_n be_v found_v he_o be_v never_o bring_v so_o low_a but_o i_o confess_v that_o this_o be_v far_o from_o weaken_v my_o opinion_n that_o the_o turk_n must_v be_v the_o instrument_n of_o the_o vengeance_n of_o god_n against_o rome_n for_o it_o be_v this_o that_o do_v confirm_v i_o in_o it_o for_o i_o look_v on_o this_o year_n 1685_o as_o a_o critical_a year_n in_o this_o great_a affair_n god_n have_v bring_v low_o the_o protestant_n and_o the_o turk_n at_o the_o same_o time_n that_o he_o may_v raise_v they_o up_o at_o the_o same_o time_n and_o make_v they_o the_o instrument_n of_o his_o vengeance_n against_o the_o babylonian_a empire_n notwithstanding_o as_o i_o do_v not_o find_v my_o prediction_n upon_o the_o vision_n of_o drabicius_n but_o upon_o those_o of_o saint_n john_n and_o he_o say_v nothing_o that_o do_v determine_v i_o i_o be_o in_o suspense_n whether_o the_o turk_n have_v be_v place_v so_o nigh_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o beast_n to_o bear_v a_o part_n in_o destroy_v he_o or_o to_o be_v honour_v with_o the_o blessing_n of_o conversion_n upon_o the_o sight_n of_o that_o great_a work_n of_o god._n i_o be_o persuade_v that_o a_o few_o year_n will_v inform_v we_o which_o of_o these_o be_v the_o truth_n 1526._o from_o 1390_o until_o 1526._o the_o duration_n of_o this_o period_n be_v about_o 125_o or_o 130_o year_n in_o the_o year_n 1529_o the_o turk_n come_v and_o besiege_v vienna_n charles_n the_o five_o make_v they_o raise_v teir_n siege_n since_o that_o time_n they_o have_v not_o make_v any_o great_a progress_n into_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o this_o six_o plague_n exact_o bring_v that_o kingdom_n unto_o the_o time_n of_o luther_n preach_v of_o which_o the_o consequence_n be_v foretold_v in_o the_o seven_o plague_n as_o i_o hope_v a_o parenthesis_n of_o a_o great_a depth_n and_o obscurity_n v._o 13._o and_o i_o see_v three_o unclean_a spirit_n like_o frog_n come_v out_o of_o the_o mouth_n of_o the_o dragon_n and_o out_o of_o the_o mouth_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o out_o of_o the_o mouth_n of_o the_o false_a prophet_n v._o 14._o for_o they_o be_v the_o spirit_n of_o devil_n work_v miracle_n which_o go_v forth_o unto_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n and_o of_o the_o whole_a world_n to_o gather_v they_o to_o the_o battle_n of_o that_o great_a day_n of_o god_n almighty_n v._o 15._o behold_v i_o come_v as_o a_o thief_n etc._n etc._n v._o 16._o and_o he_o gather_v they_o together_o into_o a_o place_n call_v in_o the_o hebrew_n tongue_n armegeddon_n behold_v great_a affair_n until_o now_o find_v nothing_o better_a i_o be_v content_v with_o the_o conjecture_n of_o those_o who_o by_o these_o three_o unclean_a spirit_n understand_v the_o
which_o spiritual_o be_v call_v sodom_n and_o egypt_n where_o also_o our_o lord_n be_v crucify_v v._o 9_o and_o they_o of_o the_o people_n and_o kindred_n and_o tongue_n and_o nation_n shall_v see_v their_o dead_a body_n three_o day_n and_o a_o half_a and_o shall_v not_o suffer_v their_o dead_a body_n to_o be_v put_v into_o grave_n v._o 10._o and_o they_o that_o dwell_v upon_o the_o earth_n shall_v rejoice_v over_o they_o and_o make_v merry_a and_o send_v gift_n one_o to_o another_o because_o these_o two_o prophet_n torment_v they_o that_o dwell_v upon_o the_o earth_n v._o 11._o and_o after_o three_o day_n and_o a_o half_a the_o spirit_n of_o life_n from_o god_n enter_v into_o they_o and_o they_o stand_v upon_o their_o foot_n and_o great_a fear_n fall_v upon_o they_o which_o see_v they_o v._o 12._o and_o they_o hear_v a_o great_a voice_n from_o heaven_n say_v unto_o they_o come_v up_o hither_o and_o they_o ascend_v up_o to_o heaven_n in_o a_o cloud_n and_o their_o enemy_n behold_v they_o v._o 13._o and_o the_o same_o hour_n be_v there_o a_o great_a earthquake_n and_o the_o ten_o part_n of_o the_o city_n fall_v and_o in_o the_o earthquake_n be_v slay_v of_o man_n seven_o thousand_o and_o the_o remnant_n be_v affright_v and_o give_v glory_n to_o god._n cross_n the_o witness_n who_o prophesy_v clothe_v in_o sackcloth_n be_v the_o faithful_a who_o preach_v under_o the_o cross_n as_o to_o what_o concern_v these_o two_o witness_n i.e._n what_o be_v signify_v by_o they_o i_o have_v not_o change_v my_o opinion_n since_o i_o write_v the_o book_n entitle_v lawful_a prejudices_fw-la against_o popery_n though_o as_o to_o all_o the_o rest_n the_o studious_a attention_n which_o i_o have_v use_v in_o read_v these_o prophecy_n have_v give_v i_o quite_o different_a apprehension_n i_o do_v therefore_o still_o believe_v that_o these_o two_o witness_n who_o must_v prophesy_v 1260_o day_n clothe_v in_o sackcloth_n be_v the_o small_a number_n of_o the_o faithful_a who_o during_o the_o reign_n of_o antichristianism_n must_v keep_v themselves_o from_o its_o corruption_n and_o condemn_v its_o idolatry_n and_o tyranny_n god_n call_v they_o witness_n because_o these_o be_v they_o who_o bear_v witness_n to_o the_o truth_n which_o but_o for_o they_o will_v have_v be_v forget_v they_o prophesy_v clothe_v in_o sackcloth_n i._n e._n they_o preach_v under_o the_o cross_n for_o we_o must_v well_o observe_v that_o these_o two_o phrase_n one_o use_v in_o our_o language_n the_o other_o in_o that_o of_o the_o holy_a ghost_n to_o prophesy_v clothe_v in_o sackcloth_n and_o to_o preach_v under_o the_o cross_n be_v absolute_o of_o the_o same_o signification_n he_o make_v they_o only_o two_o in_o number_n to_o express_v that_o those_o faithful_a who_o shall_v preserve_v themselves_o from_o the_o corruption_n of_o idolatry_n shall_v be_v but_o a_o very_a small_a number_n and_o indeed_o experience_n have_v too_o much_o verify_v this_o prediction_n nevertheless_o he_o make_v they_o two_o in_o number_n to_o signify_v that_o however_o small_a the_o number_n of_o true_a christian_n be_v it_o shall_v notwithstanding_o be_v great_a enough_o to_o support_v the_o truth_n and_o keep_v it_o from_o fall_v for_o in_o the_o mouth_n of_o two_o witness_n every_o word_n shall_v be_v establish_v 6._o how_o these_o witness_n have_v power_n to_o change_v water_n into_o blood_n and_o shut_v up_o heaven_n v._o 6._o god_n ascribe_v to_o these_o two_o witness_n power_n to_o shut_v heaven_n that_o it_o rain_v not_o in_o the_o day_n of_o their_o prophesy_n and_o power_n over_o water_n to_o turn_v they_o into_o blood_n and_o to_o smite_v the_o earth_n with_o all_o plague_n as_o often_o as_o they_o will._n joseph_n mede_n give_v a_o very_a ingenious_a reason_n of_o this_o which_o i_o believe_v be_v very_o solid_a viz._n that_o the_o holy_a ghost_n borrow_v his_o emblem_n from_o the_o history_n of_o the_o old_a testament_n and_o allude_v unto_o several_a pair_n of_o eminent_a witness_n which_o god_n raise_v up_o at_o several_a time_n as_o aaron_n and_o moses_n at_o the_o come_n out_o of_o egypt_n joshua_n and_o caleb_n at_o the_o conquer_a of_o the_o promise_a land_n elijah_n and_o elisha_n at_o the_o time_n of_o the_o grand_a schism_n of_o the_o ten_o tribe_n zerubbabel_n and_o jehoshua_n at_o the_o return_n from_o the_o captivity_n among_o these_o witness_n elijah_n and_o elisha_n have_v power_n to_o shut_v heaven_n to_o hinder_v rain_n for_o three_o year_n and_o to_o make_v fire_n come_v down_o from_o heaven_n moses_n and_o aaron_n turn_v the_o water_n of_o egypt_n into_o blood_n joshua_n and_o caleb_n bring_v the_o people_n of_o israel_n into_o the_o land_n of_o canaan_n and_o smite_v the_o ancient_a inhabitant_n with_o a_o sore_a plague_n to_o this_o the_o holy_a ghost_n allude_v but_o we_o must_v further_o add_v that_o god_n ascribe_v to_o these_o witness_n 1._o the_o shut_n of_o heaven_n that_o rain_n not_o in_o the_o day_n of_o their_o prophecy_n to_o signify_v that_o during_o the_o 1260_o year_n of_o their_o prophecy_n and_o of_o the_o reign_n of_o antichrist_n there_o shall_v be_v a_o great_a drought_n of_o grace_n and_o a_o barrenness_n of_o virtue_n and_o gift_n in_o the_o church_n 2._o the_o turn_n of_o water_n into_o blood_n and_o the_o smite_v of_o the_o earth_n with_o all_o plague_n because_o all_o the_o heavy_a judgement_n of_o god_n that_o during_o the_o course_n of_o these_o 1260_o year_n come_v upon_o the_o antichristian_a church_n be_v send_v on_o the_o account_n of_o these_o two_o witness_n and_o to_o punish_v oppression_n under_o which_o it_o hold_v both_o the_o truth_n and_o those_o who_o be_v willing_a to_o profess_v it_o reign_v here_o be_v foretold_v a_o last_o persecution_n that_o must_v happen_v before_o the_o end_n of_o antichrist_n reign_v the_o seven_o verse_n which_o we_o even_o now_o have_v read_v concern_v the_o persecution_n which_o these_o two_o witness_n must_v suffer_v and_o the_o consequent_a of_o that_o persecution_n contain_v a_o grand_a event_n which_o must_v come_v to_o pass_v before_o the_o last_o fall_n of_o the_o antichristian_a kingdom_n and_o it_o be_v one_o of_o the_o principal_a circumstance_n of_o this_o fall_n first_o we_o must_v observe_v the_o circumstance_n of_o time_n and_o when_o they_o shall_v have_v finish_v their_o testimony_n mark_v this_o testimony_n must_v last_v a_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o day_n my_o two_o witness_n shall_v prophesy_v a_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o threescore_o day_n clothe_v in_o sackcloth_n now_o these_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o sixty_o day_n of_o the_o prophesy_a of_o the_o witness_n be_v the_o forty_o two_o month_n of_o the_o antichristian_a reign_n for_o forty_o two_o month_n make_v exact_o 1260_o day_n all_o the_o world_n be_v agree_v that_o these_o be_v the_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a of_o the_o reign_n of_o antichrist_n and_o that_o antichrist_n and_o these_o two_o witness_n be_v absolute_o and_o exact_o contempory_n it_o be_v therefore_o the_o very_a same_o as_o if_o the_o holy_a ghost_n have_v say_v and_o when_o the_o beast_n or_o the_o man_n of_o sin_n shall_v have_v finish_v his_o reign_n of_o 1260_o year_n it_o shall_v make_v war_n against_o the_o two_o witness_n this_o be_v therefore_o a_o persecution_n of_o antichrist_n against_o the_o faithful_a and_o a_o persecution_n that_o must_v happen_v before_o the_o end_n of_o antichrist_n reign_v these_o word_n when_o they_o shall_v have_v finish_v must_v not_o be_v understand_v as_o if_o the_o holy_a ghost_n will_v say_v when_o the_o 1260_o year_n shall_v be_v finish_v for_o after_o the_o 1260_o year_n be_v finish_v there_o can_v be_v no_o persecution_n see_v the_o beast_n shall_v have_v lose_v his_o power_n so_o that_o this_o persecution_n must_v begin_v and_o end_v within_o the_o 1260_o year_n but_o yet_o at_o the_o end_n of_o they_o it_o be_v the_o ordinary_a custom_n not_o only_o of_o scripture_n but_o of_o all_o man_n to_o say_v that_o something_o come_v to_o pass_v when_o this_o or_o that_o be_v finish_v because_o it_o happen_v when_o that_o thing_n be_v finish_v and_o very_o near_o its_o end_n this_o be_v therefore_o the_o last_o persecution_n of_o antichrist_n against_o the_o church_n this_o persecution_n have_v its_o character_n 1._o it_o must_v continue_v a_o long_a time_n persecution_n character_n of_o the_o last_o persecution_n for_o it_o be_v compare_v to_o a_o war_n the_o beast_n that_o come_v up_o out_o of_o the_o bottomless_a pit_n shall_v make_v war_n against_o they_o 2._o this_o war_n or_o persecution_n must_v end_v in_o a_o victory_n over_o the_o two_o witness_n and_o shall_v overcome_v they_o and_o kill_v they_o mark_v that_o god_n do_v not_o reckon_v the_o death_n and_o martyrdom_n which_o the_o faithful_a suffer_v for_o the_o truth_n as_o a_o victory_n that_o the_o devil_n gain_v over_o they_o on_o the_o
that_o have_v mercy_n on_o they_o shall_v lead_v they_o even_o by_o the_o spring_n of_o water_n shall_v he_o guide_v they_o i_o will_v make_v all_o my_o mountain_n a_o way_n 13._o c._n 55.12_o 13._o and_o my_o high_a way_n shall_v be_v exalt_v you_o shall_v go_v out_o with_o joy_n and_o be_v lead_v forth_o with_o peace_n the_o mountain_n and_o the_o hill_n shall_v break_v forth_o before_o you_o into_o sing_v and_o all_o the_o tree_n of_o the_o field_n shall_v clap_v their_o hand_n instead_o of_o the_o thorn_n shall_v come_v up_o the_o firr-tree_n and_o instead_o of_o the_o briar_n shall_v come_v up_o the_o myrtle-tree_n and_o it_o shall_v be_v to_o the_o lord_n for_o a_o name_n and_o for_o a_o everlasting_a sign_n that_o shall_v not_o be_v cut_v off_o the_o sun_n shall_v be_v no_o more_o thy_o light_n by_o day_n neither_o for_o brightness_n shall_v the_o moon_n give_v light_a unto_o thou_o 60.19_o be_v 60.19_o but_o the_o lord_n shall_v be_v unto_o thou_o a_o everlasting_a light_n and_o thy_o god_n thy_o glory_n the_o sun_n shall_v no_o more_o go_v down_o neither_o shall_v thy_o moon_n withdraw_v itself_o for_o the_o lord_n shall_v be_v thy_o everlasting_a light_n and_o the_o day_n of_o thy_o mourning_n shall_v be_v end_v 54.9.10_o be_v 54.9.10_o this_o shall_v be_v as_o the_o water_n of_o noah_n unto_o i_o for_o as_o i_o have_v swear_v that_o the_o water_n of_o noah_n shall_v no_o more_o go_v over_o the_o earth_n so_o have_v i_o swear_v that_o i_o will_v not_o be_v wrath_n with_o thou_o nor_o rebuke_v thou_o for_o the_o mountain_n shall_v depart_v and_o the_o hill_n be_v remove_v but_o my_o kindness_n shall_v not_o depart_v from_o thou_o neither_o shall_v the_o covenant_n of_o my_o peace_n be_v remove_v say_v the_o lord_n that_o have_v mercy_n on_o thou_o prophecy_n what_o be_v mean_v by_o all_o these_o prophecy_n all_o these_o and_o the_o like_a expression_n which_o we_o read_v in_o the_o prophet_n do_v import_v 1._o a_o profound_a peace_n which_o shall_v never_o be_v interrupt_v by_o war._n 2._o plenty_n and_o abundance_n of_o all_o sort_n of_o good_n 3._o a_o exemption_n from_o all_o evil_n 4._o such_o a_o prosperity_n where_o be_v riches_n and_o plenty_n and_o joy._n 5._o a_o felicity_n that_o be_v not_o to_o be_v interrupt_v by_o the_o return_n of_o calamity_n this_o must_v be_v fix_v that_o all_o these_o prophecy_n respect_v the_o state_n of_o the_o church_n under_o the_o messiah_n for_o as_o to_o those_o who_o endeavour_n to_o turn_v they_o to_o another_o sense_n and_o apply_v they_o to_o the_o temporal_a blessing_n of_o the_o jew_n i_o can_v consider_v they_o as_o christian_n but_o reckon_v they_o enemy_n to_o christianity_n accomplish_v these_o promise_n have_v not_o be_v accomplish_v we_o must_v therefore_o search_v for_o the_o accomplishment_n of_o these_o prophecy_n in_o the_o history_n of_o the_o church_n that_o no_o such_o thing_n can_v be_v find_v there_o the_o antimillenaries_n themselves_o confess_v for_o they_o constant_o tell_v we_o that_o these_o thousand_o year_n of_o rest_n be_v altogether_o inconsistent_a with_o the_o order_n of_o divine_a providence_n and_o the_o condition_n of_o the_o church_n which_o be_v appoint_v to_o be_v always_o calamitous_a and_o afflict_a upon_o earth_n that_o sorrow_n and_o suffer_v persecution_n and_o the_o cross_n do_v inseparable_o belong_v to_o it_o that_o we_o must_v judge_v of_o what_o be_v to_o come_v by_o the_o history_n of_o what_o be_v past_a it_o be_v true_a in_o the_o three_o first_o age_n the_o church_n be_v under_o the_o cross_n of_o the_o pagan_n in_o the_o four_o under_o that_o of_o the_o arrian_n in_o the_o five_o she_o begin_v to_o sink_v into_o superstition_n and_o have_v remain_v overwhelm_v with_o it_o during_o the_o whole_a reign_n of_o antichrist_n where_o then_o shall_v we_o place_v those_o happy_a day_n the_o prophet_n promise_n it_o be_v trifle_v to_o apply_v those_o promise_n of_o peace_n and_o tranquillity_n to_o certain_a little_a interval_n of_o quiet_a which_o from_o time_n to_o time_n the_o church_n have_v have_v in_o some_o place_n for_o it_o will_v be_v a_o very_a ill_a use_n of_o rhetoric_n and_o a_o strange_a force_n put_v upon_o figure_n to_o represent_v so_o imperfect_a a_o calm_a by_o such_o term_n as_o give_v we_o a_o idea_n of_o the_o great_a and_o most_o perfect_a prosperity_n imaginable_a moreover_o the_o prophet_n speak_v of_o a_o endless_a peace_n to_o which_o no_o affliction_n shall_v succeed_v it_o must_v be_v such_o a_o one_o as_o be_v like_o the_o water_n of_o noah_n which_o shall_v never_o return_v to_o cover_v the_o earth_n it_o must_v be_v a_o peace_n so_o firm_a that_o though_o the_o mountain_n be_v overthrow_v shall_v never_o be_v change_v receive_v these_o prophecy_n not_o accomplish_v by_o the_o spiritual_a grace_n which_o the_o church_n have_v receive_v we_o may_v not_o say_v that_o all_o this_o have_v respect_n only_o to_o spiritual_a grace_n the_o stability_n of_o god_n covenant_n and_o the_o joy_n of_o the_o faithful_a i_o will_v not_o deny_v but_o the_o holy_a spirit_n may_v have_v some_o reference_n thereto_o but_o it_o be_v false_a that_o those_o spiritual_a favour_n in_o that_o weak_a degree_n wherein_o we_o see_v they_o at_o this_o day_n can_v comprehend_v the_o full_a signification_n of_o such_o great_a expression_n which_o clear_o import_v a_o peace_n in_o reference_n to_o earth_n as_o well_o as_o heaven_n add_v to_o this_o that_o though_o these_o promise_n shall_v not_o be_v apply_v but_o to_o spiritual_a blessing_n there_o must_v yet_o be_v a_o new_a kingdom_n and_o a_o new_a age_n for_o the_o fulfil_n of_o they_o for_o we_o have_v never_o yet_o see_v any_o wherein_o spiritual_a peace_n and_o invisible_a grace_n have_v be_v so_o abundant_o pour_v out_o to_o satisfy_v in_o any_o measure_n the_o greatness_n of_o such_o expression_n chap._n xix_o the_o four_o head_n of_o argument_n for_o the_o reign_n of_o a_o thousand_o year_n be_v the_o type_n four_o type_n of_o this_o period_n the_o principal_a be_v the_o seven_o day_n of_o the_o creation_n which_o be_v not_o a_o immediate_a type_n of_o eternal_a rest_n but_o of_o the_o peace_n of_o the_o church_n on_o earth_n i_o come_v now_o to_o the_o four_o head_n of_o argument_n viz._n the_o type_n they_o as_o well_o as_o the_o prophecy_n be_v picture_n and_o representation_n of_o future_a event_n they_o be_v not_o vain_a speculation_n of_o divine_n and_o the_o great_a wit_n that_o look_v upon_o they_o to_o be_v so_o approach_v very_o near_o to_o impiety_n it_o be_v very_o certain_a that_o god_n have_v be_v please_v to_o shadow_n forth_o his_o mystery_n in_o certain_a dispensation_n of_o his_o providence_n saint_n paul_n teach_v we_o that_o hagar_n the_o servant_n of_o sarah_n sinai_n a_o mountain_n in_o arabia_n be_v type_n of_o the_o legal_a institution_n as_o sarah_n and_o zion_n be_v also_o type_n of_o the_o covenant_n of_o grace_n that_o melchisedeck_v be_v a_o type_n of_o our_o lord_n jesus_n christ_n and_o in_o general_a that_o the_o law_n have_v shadow_n of_o which_o the_o substance_n be_v to_o be_v find_v in_o christ_n the_o type_n therefore_o be_v no_o false_a or_o deceitful_a light_n whereby_o to_o judge_v in_o case_n they_o be_v right_o use_v now_o i_o pretend_v that_o all_o the_o type_n make_v for_o the_o reign_n of_o christ_n before_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world._n we_o may_v find_v a_o great_a number_n of_o they_o the_o captivity_n of_o israel_n in_o egypt_n be_v certain_o a_o type_n of_o that_o bondage_n under_o which_o the_o church_n shall_v groan_v antichrist_n the_o deliverance_n of_o israel_n out_o of_o egypt_n figure_v that_o of_o the_o church_n from_o under_o the_o bondage_n of_o antichrist_n during_o the_o reign_n of_o antichrist_n the_o antichristian_a empire_n be_v therefore_o call_v egypt_n now_o after_o the_o israelite_n be_v come_v out_o of_o egypt_n they_o enter_v into_o canaan_n the_o land_n flow_v with_o milk_n and_o honey_n which_o do_v certain_o prefigure_v the_o happy_a state_n of_o the_o church_n after_o all_o her_o enemy_n shall_v be_v subdue_v it_o be_v suppose_v that_o the_o land_n of_o canaan_n be_v the_o image_n of_o that_o great_a and_o eternal_a dwelling_n to_o which_o the_o faithful_a shall_v be_v transport_v after_o the_o last_o judgement_n i_o deny_v it_o not_o but_o you_o must_v know_v canaan_n 1._o type_n the_o rest_n in_o the_o land_n of_o canaan_n that_o in_o the_o old_a testament_n the_o description_n of_o the_o future_a blessedness_n of_o the_o church_n by_o emblem_n type_n figure_n and_o metaphorical_a resemblance_n have_v not_o their_o immediate_a relation_n to_o eternal_a blessedness_n st._n paul_n have_v tell_v we_o that_o eye_n have_v not_o see_v it_o nor_o ear_n hear_v it_o nor_o can_v it_o enter_v into_o the_o heart_n of_o man_n to_o conceive_v and_o consequent_o
it_o be_v not_o that_o which_o the_o h._n ghost_n will_v immediate_o describe_v because_o he_o will_v that_o we_o shall_v be_v keep_v ignorant_a of_o it_o so_o that_o those_o description_n have_v a_o immediate_a relation_n to_o the_o flourish_a state_n of_o the_o church_n in_o the_o last_o period_n and_o by_o analogy_n they_o may_v be_v transfer_v to_o the_o blessing_n of_o paradise_n captivity_n 2._o type_n the_o rest_n after_o the_o babylonish_n captivity_n the_o captivity_n of_o babylon_n be_v doubtless_o another_o type_n of_o the_o captivity_n of_o the_o church_n under_o antichrist_n and_o therefore_o the_o papacy_n be_v call_v the_o city_n of_o babylon_n and_o after_o that_o captivity_n the_o people_n return_v to_o their_o own_o land_n and_o live_v peaceable_o there_o so_o doubtless_o the_o church_n be_v deliver_v from_o the_o bondage_n of_o antichrist_n shall_v return_v to_o its_o rest_n here_o on_o earth_n antiochus_n 3._o type_n the_o rest_n after_o the_o persecution_n under_o antiochus_n the_o persecution_n of_o antiochus_n be_v also_o a_o type_n of_o the_o persecution_n which_o the_o church_n have_v suffer_v under_o antichrist_n now_o after_o the_o three_o year_n and_o half_a of_o that_o persecution_n the_o people_n of_o the_o jew_n return_v to_o the_o possession_n of_o their_o temple_n and_o rise_v to_o a_o more_o flourish_a condition_n than_o they_o have_v ever_o be_v in_o since_o their_o come_n out_o of_o babylon_n mention_v 4_o type_n the_o number_n seven_o which_o be_v so_o often_o mention_v i_o leave_v these_o and_o many_o other_o type_n which_o may_v be_v find_v to_o insist_v on_o one_o which_o i_o find_v to_o be_v very_o evident_a and_o convince_a it_o be_v that_o which_o may_v be_v find_v in_o the_o number_n of_o seven_o it_o will_v be_v grant_v that_o this_o be_v a_o mysterious_a and_o sacred_a number_n and_o that_o it_o signify_v perfection_n it_o be_v on_o this_o account_n it_o be_v mention_v so_o often_o in_o the_o apocalypse_n there_o be_v seven_o church_n seven_o star_n seven_o candlestick_n seven_o spirit_n seven_o lamp_n seven_o eye_n seven_o horn_n of_o the_o lamb_n seven_o plague_n seven_o trumpet_n seven_o thunder_n seven_o viol_n so_o in_o the_o book_n of_o moses_n the_o seven_o day_n be_v holy_a and_o the_o seven_o year_n be_v the_o year_n of_o rest_n and_o the_o seven_o time_n seven_o year_n be_v the_o great_a jubilee_n the_o live_a creature_n enter_v into_o the_o ark_n by_o seven_n the_o first-born_a of_o every_o beast_n remain_v seven_o day_n with_o its_o dam_n the_o male_a child_n be_v to_o be_v seven_o day_n old_a before_o they_o be_v circumcise_v the_o candlestick_n of_o the_o tabernacle_n have_v seven_o lamp_n a_o woman_n after_o her_o uncleanness_n a_o leper_n after_o he_o be_v cure_v of_o his_o leprosy_n be_v to_o be_v purify_v for_o seven_o day_n it_o will_v be_v too_o long_o to_o recite_v all_o the_o example_n of_o this_o nature_n which_o may_v be_v mention_v for_o the_o number_n seven_o be_v almost_o every_o where_o to_o be_v find_v for_o what_o reason_n be_v it_o so_o who_o see_v not_o that_o this_o number_n signify_v completion_n and_o perfection_n and_o of_o what_o can_v it_o signify_v the_o perfection_n if_o not_o of_o the_o great_a work_n of_o god_n that_o for_o which_o all_o his_o other_o work_n be_v wrought_v that_o be_v the_o church_n if_o then_o the_o seven_o the_o be_v every_o where_o sacred_a why_o be_v not_o the_o seven_o period_n reckon_v from_o the_o creation_n of_o the_o world_n also_o sacred_a and_o a_o period_n of_o perfection_n it_o will_v be_v say_v the_o number_n seven_o be_v sacred_a because_o of_o the_o seven_o day_n which_o be_v consecrate_v to_o the_o service_n of_o god_n but_o why_o have_v god_n choose_v the_o seven_o day_n to_o be_v holy_a and_o a_o day_n of_o rest_n for_o man_n be_v it_o not_o plain_o to_o signify_v that_o the_o seven_o day_n or_o the_o seven_o period_n of_o the_o church_n shall_v be_v a_o time_n of_o holiness_n tranquillity_n and_o peace_n church_n the_o seven_o day_n of_o the_o creation_n a_o type_n of_o the_o seven_o period_n of_o the_o church_n the_o seven_o day_n they_o far_o tell_v we_o be_v consecrate_v to_o rest_n and_o holiness_n because_o god_n create_v the_o world_n in_o six_o day_n and_o rest_v on_o the_o seven_o behold_v now_o we_o be_v at_o the_o spring_n head_n and_o can_v rise_v no_o high_o but_o here_o also_o we_o shall_v find_v a_o excellent_a type_n of_o our_o seven_o period_n it_o be_v here_o i_o will_v ask_v with_o boldness_n wherefore_o god_n create_v the_o world_n in_o six_o day_n and_o rest_v on_o the_o seven_o why_o do_v he_o not_o employ_v five_o day_n eight_o ten_o or_o twelve_o in_o the_o work_n of_o creation_n but_o precise_o seven_o certain_o the_o infinite_a wisdom_n of_o god_n will_v not_o permit_v that_o he_o shall_v do_v any_o thing_n without_o reason_n here_o be_v this_o reason_n because_o he_o intend_v to_o hold_v the_o church_n in_o a_o imperfect_a state_n for_o six_o period_n of_o time_n labour_v in_o that_o great_a work_n for_o which_o he_o make_v all_o other_o and_o cause_v it_o successive_o to_o pass_v through_o seven_o degree_n we_o must_v not_o say_v that_o the_o sabbath_n the_o seven_o day_n on_o which_o god_n rest_v be_v the_o image_n of_o that_o great_a rest_n into_o which_o the_o church_n be_v to_o be_v bring_v after_o he_o shall_v have_v complete_v it_o upon_o earth_n for_o the_o seven_o period_n ought_v to_o bear_v proportion_n to_o the_o other_o six_o whereas_o eternity_n have_v none_o with_o time_n much_o less_o with_o one_o day_n so_o that_o the_o seven_o period_n can_v be_v the_o eternal_a rest_n it_o must_v be_v a_o time_n that_o bear_v proportion_n to_o the_o six_o precede_a period_n as_o then_o after_o six_o day_n of_o labour_n god_n finish_v his_o work_n by_o a_o day_n to_o which_o he_o affix_v holiness_n and_o rest_n as_o its_o character_n there_o must_v likewise_o be_v for_o the_o church_n after_o six_o day_n of_o sin_n and_o suffering_n one_o last_o day_n that_o be_v to_o be_v distinguish_v by_o those_o two_o seal_n peace_n and_o holiness_n upon_o earth_n not_o but_o that_o the_o sabbath_n be_v also_o a_o figure_n of_o the_o eternal_a rest_n but_o it_o be_v because_o these_o thousand_o year_n of_o peace_n and_o holiness_n on_o earth_n shall_v be_v the_o image_n of_o that_o perfect_a peace_n and_o holiness_n which_o the_o church_n shall_v enjoy_v in_o heaven_n and_o so_o it_o be_v a_o mediate_a type_n of_o the_o eternal_a rest_n these_o thousand_o year_n i_o confess_v have_v no_o proportion_n with_o eternity_n but_o it_o be_v not_o to_o be_v a_o type_n in_o the_o duration_n of_o the_o time_n but_o in_o respect_n of_o the_o state_n of_o peace_n and_o holiness_n image_n of_o the_o celestial_a peace_n so_o these_o thousand_o year_n may_v be_v type_n of_o the_o heavenly_a glory_n but_o the_o seven_o day_n can_v not_o be_v the_o immediate_a type_n because_o of_o what_o be_v say_v before_o because_o the_o seven_o day_n of_o the_o creation_n be_v a_o period_n of_o the_o same_o nature_n with_o the_o six_o precede_a and_o which_o by_o consequent_a aught_o to_o bear_v proportion_n to_o they_o it_o will_v be_v say_v that_o it_o be_v easy_a to_o make_v these_o supposition_n hut_a difficult_a to_o prove_v they_o but_o i_o have_v a_o sure_a method_n for_o the_o proof_n of_o this_o when_o the_o several_a part_n of_o a_o system_n support_v one_o another_o even_o therein_o they_o be_v prove_v in_o a_o hypothesis_n that_o be_v false_a there_o be_v always_o some_o part_n inconsistent_a with_o itself_o now_o i_o will_v make_v it_o evident_a that_o the_o seven_o day_n of_o the_o creation_n do_v perfect_o answer_v to_o the_o seven_o period_n of_o the_o church_n that_o in_o every_o one_o of_o those_o day_n such_o work_n be_v wrought_v which_o be_v exact_a emblem_n of_o the_o event_n which_o have_v happen_v and_o of_o the_o thing_n which_o be_v do_v in_o every_o period_n of_o the_o church_n answer_v to_o every_o day_n if_o i_o make_v it_o evident_a that_o in_o the_o six_o period_n of_o the_o duration_n of_o the_o church_n which_o be_v past_a we_o have_v see_v those_o thing_n which_o be_v paint_v out_o by_o the_o six_o day_n of_o the_o creation_n so_o that_o the_o first_o period_n contain_v that_o which_o be_v figure_v by_o the_o work_n of_o the_o first_o day_n the_o second_o period_n that_o of_o the_o second_o and_o so_o of_o the_o rest_n if_o i_o say_v i_o can_v do_v this_o methinks_v it_o will_v then_o be_v prove_v that_o what_o be_v do_v in_o the_o seven_o day_n of_o the_o creation_n be_v the_o image_n of_o that_o which_o shall_v be_v do_v in_o our_o seven_o period_n of_o the_o church_n the_o part_n of_o this_o system_n do_v admirable_o support_v one_o
the_o first_o day_n god_n say_v let_v there_o be_v light_n and_o there_o be_v light._n the_o first_o day_n answer_v to_o the_o first_o period_n of_o the_o church_n which_o last_v from_o adam_n until_o abraham_n 1._o by_o what_o do_v the_o first_o day_n begin_v by_o light._n jesus_n christ_n the_o messiah_n be_v the_o light_n which_o inlighten_v every_o man_n that_o come_v into_o the_o world_n it_o be_v from_o he_o that_o the_o creation_n of_o the_o intelligible_a world_n take_v its_o beginning_n from_o the_o first_o moment_n that_o light_n have_v shine_v in_o that_o famous_a oracle_n the_o seed_n of_o the_o woman_n shall_v bruise_v the_o serpent_n head_n the_o first_o day_n have_v two_o part_n it_o be_v evening_n and_o it_o be_v morning_n the_o light_n of_o the_o evening_n be_v the_o first_o but_o the_o dimmer_n of_o the_o two_o the_o light_n of_o the_o morning_n be_v the_o second_o but_o the_o clear_a the_o knowledge_n of_o christ_n begin_v by_o that_o oracle_n the_o seed_n of_o the_o woman_n etc._n etc._n the_o period_n end_v in_o abraham_n by_o the_o same_o light_n viz._n the_o knowledge_n of_o the_o same_o messiah_n but_o propose_v less_o obscure_o in_o that_o prophecy_n and_o in_o thy_o seed_n shall_v all_o the_o nation_n of_o the_o earth_n be_v blessed_v this_o be_v the_o morning_n for_o the_o light_n begin_v to_o increase_v 2._o by_o who_o be_v this_o light_n produce_v by_o the_o word_n of_o god_n his_o eternal_a word_n he_o say_v i._n e._n by_o this_o eternal_a word_n by_o his_o infinite_a wisdom_n by_o the_o fruit_n of_o this_o understanding_n that_o god_n manifest_v to_o adam_n and_o abraham_n this_o light_n to_o conduct_v and_o guide_v they_o 3._o this_o light_n precede_v the_o creation_n of_o the_o sun._n this_o knowledge_n of_o a_o redeemer_n be_v give_v to_o the_o first_o world_n before_o the_o messiah_n its_o sun_n be_v produce_v before_o the_o word_n be_v incarnate_a 4._o the_o light_n which_o appear_v on_o the_o first_o day_n be_v original_o the_o same_o with_o that_o which_o be_v put_v into_o the_o sun_n the_o seed_n of_o the_o woman_n reveal_v to_o adam_n be_v the_o same_o with_o the_o word_n make_v flesh_n many_o age_n after_o 5._o the_o light_n of_o the_o first_o day_n be_v doubtless_o obscure_a its_o seat_n in_o the_o illuminate_v water_n be_v not_o yet_o well_o prepare_v the_o earthly_a part_n be_v not_o separate_v and_o the_o light_n can_v not_o have_v a_o very_a free_a passage_n through_o that_o thick_a matter_n in_o the_o first_o period_n of_o the_o church_n knowledge_n be_v but_o dim_a people_n be_v not_o yet_o well_o dispose_v to_o receive_v it_o it_o have_v not_o yet_o enter_v into_o they_o 6._o after_o all_o to_o what_o purpose_n be_v the_o light_n of_o the_o first_o day_n to_o enlighten_v a_o chaos_n form_n the_o church_n before_o abraham_n be_v without_o form_n and_o a_o unformed_a mass_n to_o what_o end_n also_o be_v the_o knowledge_n of_o the_o first_o period_n from_o adam_n until_o abraham_n to_o inlighten_v a_o chaos_n and_o that_o chaos_n be_v not_o only_o in_o the_o world_n but_o in_o the_o church_n itself_o for_o then_o the_o church_n have_v no_o form_n she_o have_v no_o pastor_n no_o priest_n no_o flock_n no_o assembly_n no_o solemn_a day_n appoint_v no_o sacrament_n no_o holy_a scripture_n no_o discipline_n no_o censure_n every_o head_n of_o a_o family_n be_v both_o prophet_n and_o priest_n of_o his_o own_o house_n here_o be_v a_o idolatrous_a family_n there_o just_a by_o be_v another_o family_n where_o god_n be_v worship_v it_o be_v a_o true_a chaos_n so_o the_o jew_n say_v well_o that_o the_o church_n be_v two_o thousand_o year_n be_v thohou_fw-mi in_o the_o chaos_n and_o two_o thousand_o year_n under_o the_o law._n the_o patriarch_n make_v their_o feast_n as_o they_o think_v fit_a on_o what_o day_n they_o please_v and_o invite_v who_o they_o please_v 7._o god_n make_v the_o distinction_n between_o the_o night_n and_o the_o day_n he_o separate_v the_o light_n from_o the_o darkness_n for_o he_o be_v the_o author_n of_o that_o distinction_n that_o be_v between_o the_o world_n and_o the_o church_n between_o the_o good_a and_o bad_a yet_o it_o be_v not_o say_v that_o he_o make_v the_o night_n because_o god_n be_v not_o the_o author_n of_o evil._n 8._o he_o make_v this_o distinction_n from_o the_o first_o day_n because_o from_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o world_n and_o in_o all_o age_n there_o be_v a_o separation_n between_o those_o who_o be_v of_o god_n and_o those_o who_o be_v of_o the_o devil_n 9_o he_o make_v that_o separation_n of_o that_o light_n and_o darkness_n of_o the_o night_n and_o the_o day_n but_o he_o bless_v it_o not_o he_o say_v not_o and_o he_o see_v that_o it_o be_v good_a in_o like_a manner_n god_n do_v not_o bless_v and_o approve_v the_o separation_n of_o the_o world_n from_o the_o church_n though_o he_o have_v make_v that_o distinction_n because_o it_o carry_v with_o it_o in_o respect_n of_o the_o world_n curse_n crime_n and_o misery_n 10._o he_o begin_v with_o the_o evening_n which_o belong_v to_o the_o night_n and_o be_v apart_o of_o it_o because_o he_o draw_v light_a out_o of_o darkness_n &_o begin_v the_o composition_n of_o the_o church_n by_o some_o degree_n of_o imperfection_n people_n the_o mystery_n of_o the_o second_o day_n the_o first_o division_n of_o the_o people_n in_o the_o second_o day_n god_n make_v the_o firmament_n or_o expansum_fw-la that_o it_o may_v separate_v the_o water_n from_o the_o water_n here_o begin_v the_o second_o period_n of_o the_o church_n which_o last_v from_o abraham_n until_o moses_n let_v it_o be_v remember_v that_o water_n always_o signify_v people_n it_o be_v necessary_a it_o shall_v be_v so_o that_o the_o spirit_n of_o god_n may_v be_v uniform_a and_o like_a unto_o itself_o if_o the_o water_n be_v people_n the_o work_n of_o separate_v the_o water_n must_v signify_v the_o division_n of_o the_o people_n 1._o in_o the_o first_o day_n the_o water_n be_v mix_v and_o confound_v both_o among_o themselves_o and_o with_o the_o earth_n so_o in_o the_o first_o period_n from_o adam_n until_o abraham_n the_o people_n be_v confuse_v and_o mix_v one_o with_o another_o god_n have_v not_o yet_o make_v choice_n of_o any_o certain_a peculiar_a people_n among_o all_o nation_n there_o be_v some_o holy_a and_o some_o who_o be_v enemy_n of_o god_n be_v to_o be_v find_v every_o where_n 2._o but_o in_o the_o second_o day_n god_n begin_v the_o work_n of_o the_o separation_n of_o the_o water_n i._n e._n that_o in_o the_o second_o period_n shall_v begin_v the_o distinction_n of_o the_o people_n he_o take_v abraham_n draw_v he_o out_o of_o his_o own_o country_n set_v he_o apart_o and_o give_v he_o the_o seal_n of_o his_o covenant_n 3._o but_o this_o work_n of_o the_o division_n of_o the_o water_n be_v effect_v in_o two_o day_n this_o work_n of_o the_o division_n of_o the_o people_n be_v also_o accomplish_a in_o two_o period_n from_o abraham_n unto_o moses_n from_o moses_n unto_o christ_n 4._o the_o separation_n of_o the_o water_n make_v on_o the_o second_o day_n be_v but_o imperfect_a god_n only_o separate_v the_o water_n which_o be_v above_o i._n e._n the_o cloud_n from_o the_o water_n which_o be_v beneath_o i._n e._n the_o sea_n the_o distinction_n of_o people_n in_o the_o second_o period_n from_o abraham_n unto_o moses_n be_v but_o imperfect_a for_o we_o must_v not_o imagine_v but_o that_o god_n do_v preserve_v some_o elect_n from_o abraham_n unto_o moses_n beside_o those_o in_o the_o family_n of_o the_o patriarch_n to_o think_v he_o do_v not_o be_v injurious_a to_o the_o mercy_n and_o wisdom_n of_o god._n there_o be_v then_o at_o that_o time_n some_o of_o the_o faithful_a scatter_v in_o all_o place_n but_o as_o the_o family_n of_o jacob_n become_v a_o great_a people_n so_o by_o little_a and_o little_a the_o spirit_n of_o god_n withdraw_v from_o other_o nation_n from_o the_o time_n of_o moses_n there_o be_v yet_o some_o little_a remainder_n of_o that_o spirit_n among_o other_o nation_n as_o be_v evident_a by_o balaam_n who_o be_v it_o be_v true_a a_o very_a wicked_a man_n but_o yet_o be_v not_o a_o false_a prophet_n but_o when_o the_o race_n of_o abraham_n become_v a_o great_a people_n and_o have_v a_o country_n apart_o to_o themselves_o than_o the_o spirit_n of_o god_n withdraw_v altogether_o from_o the_o other_o nation_n and_o then_o be_v make_v a_o perfect_a division_n of_o the_o people_n 5._o in_o the_o separation_n of_o the_o water_n that_o be_v make_v on_o the_o second_o day_n the_o water_n which_o be_v above_o i._n e._n the_o cloud_n be_v nothing_o in_o comparison_n with_o those_o beneath_o i._n e._n the_o sea_n so_o in_o the_o second_o period_n wherein_o be_v a_o division_n of_o the_o people_n the_o
christ_n unto_o the_o birth_n of_o antichrist_n i._n e._n till_o the_o middle_n of_o the_o five_o century_n in_o this_o period_n we_o have_v the_o sun_n of_o righteousness_n so_o jesus_n christ_n be_v call_v by_o the_o prophet_n and_o evangelist_n 1._o john_n c._n 1._o the_o light_n which_o inlighten_v every_o man_n that_o come_v into_o the_o world_n so_o by_o the_o apostle_n the_o father_n of_o light_n in_o who_o be_v no_o shadow_n of_o change_n 1_o james_n 1_o i._n e._n a_o sun_n that_o have_v no_o tropic_n church_n the_o parallel_n of_o the_o moon_n with_o the_o church_n the_o parallel_n between_o jesus_n christ_n and_o the_o sun_n be_v too_o manifest_a and_o easy_a to_o make_v to_o be_v long_o insist_v on_o i_o will_v rather_o speak_v somewhat_o of_o the_o moon_n which_o be_v a_o admirable_a emblem_n of_o the_o church_n 1._o the_o moon_n have_v all_o her_o light_n from_o the_o sun_n the_o church_n have_v all_o her_o beauty_n holiness_n virtue_n and_o glory_n from_o i._o christ_n 2._o the_o moon_n retain_v some_o spot_n and_o those_o considerable_a one_o in_o her_o borrow_a light_n the_o church_n have_v many_o great_a and_o plain_a defect_n in_o her_o virtue_n 3._o the_o moon_n have_v no_o fix_a light_n she_o often_o change_v and_o be_v sometime_o more_o and_o sometime_o less_o enlighten_v the_o church_n remain_v not_o long_o in_o one_o state_n she_o be_v always_o rise_v or_o fall_v she_o lose_v some_o of_o her_o light_n and_o then_o receive_v more_o she_o defile_v herself_o and_o then_o be_v cleanse_v and_o have_v period_n almost_o as_o regular_a as_o those_o of_o the_o moon_n 4._o the_o moon_n beside_o her_o constant_a and_o periodical_a decrease_n suffer_v eclipse_n and_o sometime_o total_a one_o the_o church_n beside_o her_o ordinary_a declension_n be_v sometime_o so_o eclipse_v as_o not_o to_o appear_v which_o be_v more_o or_o less_o according_a to_o the_o inundation_n of_o here_o or_o the_o corruption_n of_o manner_n 5._o it_o be_v not_o the_o fault_n of_o the_o sun_n but_o of_o the_o moon_n itself_o that_o these_o eclipse_n happen_v she_o plunge_v herself_o in_o the_o shadow_n of_o the_o earth_n and_o so_o deprive_v herself_o of_o the_o sun._n the_o eclipse_n of_o the_o church_n by_o the_o loss_n of_o truth_n or_o virtue_n happen_v in_o like_a manner_n because_o she_o fall_v into_o sin_n and_o falsehood_n which_o be_v shadow_n and_o darkness_n the_o product_n of_o earth_n and_o hell._n your_o sin_n have_v separate_v between_o god_n and_o you_o 6._o when_o the_o moon_n be_v eclipse_v she_o become_v black_a and_o put_v on_o a_o frightful_a aspect_n when_o the_o church_n suffer_v herself_o to_o lose_v the_o light_n of_o the_o sun_n her_o visage_n become_v deform_v by_o her_o disorder_n and_o crime_n why_o do_v not_o the_o church_n appear_v but_o in_o this_o four_o period_n since_o she_o be_v create_v from_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o world_n so_o the_o moon_n which_o be_v a_o figure_n of_o the_o church_n shall_v have_v be_v create_v on_o the_o first_o day_n i_o answer_v that_o the_o church_n may_v also_o be_v find_v in_o the_o three_o precede_a period_n but_o in_o the_o first_o and_o second_o day_n it_o be_v a_o land_n cover_v with_o water_n the_o church_n be_v mix_v and_o confound_v with_o the_o people_n of_o the_o world_n and_o even_o cover_v and_o hide_v among_o they_o in_o the_o three_o she_o appear_v as_o a_o dry_a land_n that_o be_v visible_a but_o as_o yet_o it_o be_v but_o earth_n produce_v plant_n and_o fruit_n in_o our_o four_o period_n she_o be_v advance_v from_o the_o quality_n of_o earth_n to_o the_o dignity_n of_o the_o star_n she_o become_v a_o moon_n a_o luminous_a body_n which_o may_v be_v see_v afar_o off_o which_o spread_v its_o ray_n throughout_o all_o the_o world_n teacher_n star_n of_o six_o magnitude_n image_n of_o the_o six_o order_n of_o teacher_n in_o the_o four_o day_n there_o be_v also_o star_n which_o be_v of_o six_o different_a magnitude_n from_o the_o first_o to_o the_o six_o in_o our_o four_o period_n we_o have_v several_a teacher_n as_o shine_a star_n but_o they_o lessen_v by_o degree_n the_o apostle_n be_v the_o star_n of_o the_o first_o magnitude_n apostolic_a person_n be_v star_n of_o the_o second_o magnitude_n their_o disciple_n who_o live_v in_o the_o second_o century_n be_v star_n of_o the_o three_o the_o doctor_n of_o the_o church_n in_o the_o three_o century_n be_v star_n of_o the_o four_o magnitude_n those_o of_o the_o four_o century_n be_v of_o the_o five_o magnitude_n last_o in_o the_o five_o century_n when_o the_o good_a day_n of_o the_o church_n end_v there_o be_v more_o teacher_n more_o star_n in_o number_n but_o they_o be_v but_o of_o the_o six_o magnitude_n their_o light_n begin_v to_o be_v obscure_v by_o mix_v with_o the_o darkness_n of_o superstition_n and_o heresy_n after_o they_o in_o the_o follow_a age_n we_o see_v no_o star_n but_o under_o a_o cloud_n the_o witness_n cover_v with_o sackcloth_n christian_n conceal_v and_o hide_a among_o the_o multitude_n of_o those_o who_o be_v sink_v into_o error_n and_o idolatry_n in_o this_o period_n there_o be_v also_o another_o sort_n of_o star_n viz._n confessor_n and_o martyr_n who_o shine_v as_o star_n of_o the_o first_o magnitude_n and_o the_o common_a sort_n of_o the_o faithful_a who_o be_v true_o star_n though_o but_o of_o the_o six_o magnitude_n last_o in_o the_o four_o period_n we_o find_v planet_n wander_a star_n apostate_n iudas_n and_o such_o as_o hymenaeus_n and_o philetus_n who_o concern_v the_o faith_n make_v shipwreck_n day_n mystery_n of_o the_o 5_o day_n we_o proceed_v to_o the_o five_o day_n of_o the_o creation_n the_o five_o period_n be_v that_o from_o the_o rise_n of_o antichrist_n to_o his_o completion_n from_o the_o five_o century_n to_o the_o eleven_o in_o the_o five_o day_n god_n say_v let_v the_o water_n bring_v forth_o fish_n abundant_o or_o move_v creature_n which_o have_v life_n and_o fowl_n that_o may_v fly_v above_o the_o earth_n in_o the_o open_a firmament_n of_o heaven_n behold_v two_o sort_n of_o creature_n bird_n and_o fish_n and_o they_o be_v to_o be_v emblem_n of_o man_n who_o shall_v rule_v in_o the_o five_o period_n of_o the_o church_n it_o may_v be_v the_o name_n of_o bird_n may_v prove_v a_o good_a omen_n to_o some_o one_o will_v think_v we_o shall_v find_v something_o of_o good_a there_o because_o bird_n be_v a_o kind_n of_o celestial_a creature_n but_o we_o must_v remember_v that_o in_o the_o two_o follow_a period_n we_o shall_v meet_v with_o nothing_o that_o be_v good_a because_o they_o belong_v to_o antichrist_n if_o there_o be_v any_o thing_n good_a in_o these_o two_o period_n it_o be_v the_o remnant_n of_o the_o four_o for_o all_o be_v evil_a that_o belong_v to_o their_o particular_a character_n so_o that_o by_o bird_n we_o understand_v man_n of_o rash_a and_o dare_a spirit_n who_o will_v pierce_v beyond_o the_o cloud_n attempt_v to_o reach_v unto_o god_n himself_o and_o have_v do_v violence_n to_o his_o holy_a mystery_n by_o their_o bold_a inquiry_n such_o be_v arrius_n who_o will_v dive_v into_o the_o mystery_n of_o the_o eternal_a generation_n of_o the_o son_n and_o be_v there_o stumble_v such_o be_v macedonius_n who_o will_v fathom_v the_o mystery_n of_o the_o procession_n of_o the_o holy_a spirit_n and_o not_o be_v able_a to_o effect_v it_o make_v he_o a_o creature_n as_o arius_n do_v the_o son._n such_o be_v eutyches_n who_o not_o be_v able_a to_o fathom_v the_o mystery_n of_o the_o union_n of_o the_o two_o nature_n in_o christ_n do_v confound_v they_o such_o be_v nestorius_n who_o lose_v himself_o in_o search_v into_o the_o manner_n of_o the_o union_n of_o the_o humane_a nature_n with_o the_o divine_a person_n and_o so_o establish_v two_o person_n in_o christ_n and_o i_o know_v not_o how_o many_o more_o such_o bird_n there_o be_v man_n of_o bold_a and_o dare_a spirit_n who_o do_v great_a mischief_n to_o the_o church_n we_o need_v but_o consult_v history_n to_o be_v inform_v it_o be_v true_a among_o those_o bird_n there_o be_v some_o who_o flight_n be_v happy_a enough_o the_o four_o and_o five_o century_n produce_v some_o eminent_a doctor_n in_o comparison_n of_o the_o precede_a the_o first_o doctor_n of_o the_o christian_a church_n after_o the_o apostle_n be_v but_o poor_a divine_n they_o can_v fly_v but_o a_o little_a way_n there_o be_v more_o divinity_n in_o one_o piece_n of_o st._n austin_n then_o in_o all_o the_o three_o first_o century_n origen_n except_v who_o be_v the_o eagle_n of_o his_o age._n but_o those_o bird_n who_o make_v some_o happy_a flight_n be_v yet_o guilty_a of_o great_a fault_n and_o often_o lose_v themselves_o by_o endeavour_v to_o go_v too_o far_o follower_n the_o fish_n of_o the_o five_o day_n be_v antichrist_n
in_o the_o six_o period_n near_o the_o end_n whereof_o we_o now_o be_v god_n will_v complete_a his_o church_n by_o the_o ruin_n of_o antichrist_n and_o bring_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n upon_o earth_n to_o its_o perfection_n this_o shall_v be_v well_o remember_v that_o the_o church_n in_o the_o type_n of_o the_o creation_n appear_v under_o four_o emblem_n 1._o as_o the_o earth_n bury_v and_o cover_v under_o water_n 2._o as_o a_o dry_a land_n above_o the_o water_n and_o bear_v fruit_n 3._o as_o a_o moon_n enlighten_v by_o the_o sun._n 4._o and_o last_o as_o the_o woman_n and_o our_o lord_n jesus_n appear_v there_o under_o three_o emblem_n 1._o as_o the_o light_n of_o the_o first_o day_n without_o or_o before_o the_o sun._n 2._o as_o the_o sun._n 3._o under_o the_o emblem_n of_o the_o man._n the_o church_n in_o her_o first_o state_n before_o the_o law_n be_v as_o the_o earth_n under_o water_n she_o be_v obscure_a and_o as_o it_o be_v bury_v among_o the_o nation_n in_o her_o second_o state_n under_o the_o law_n she_o be_v as_o a_o discover_a land_n distinguish_v and_o know_v and_o bear_v fruit_n but_o yet_o she_o be_v but_o earth_n i._n e._n not_o very_o considerable_a in_o her_o three_o state_n under_o the_o gospel_n she_o appear_v as_o a_o moon_n a_o rival_n of_o the_o sun_n imitate_v his_o light_n and_o therein_o she_o be_v more_o glorious_a than_o the_o earth_n this_o be_v the_o apostolical_a church_n so_o glorious_a and_o full_a of_o knowledge_n in_o the_o four_o state_n she_o appear_v as_o the_o woman_n take_v out_o of_o the_o side_n of_o adam_n close_o unite_v with_o he_o be_v one_o body_n and_o one_o flesh_n it_o be_v in_o the_o last_o period_n that_o she_o shall_v be_v more_o unite_v to_o christ_n than_o before_o in_o the_o four_o period_n she_o be_v as_o the_o moon_n and_o notwithstanding_o the_o near_a approach_n of_o the_o sun_n there_o remain_v vast_a distance_n between_o they_o but_o towards_o the_o end_n of_o the_o six_o period_n and_o throughout_o the_o seven_o her_o union_n unto_o christ_n shall_v be_v immediate_a and_o intimate_a as_o that_o of_o a_o wife_n with_o her_o husband_n therefore_o the_o church_n in_o this_o seven_o period_n be_v represent_v as_o a_o spouse_n which_o be_v to_o be_v bring_v to_o the_o lamb._n on_o the_o other_o hand_n jesus_n christ_n appear_v under_o three_o emblem_n in_o the_o four_o period_n as_o a_o sun_n which_o scatter_v the_o darkness_n of_o idolatry_n paganism_n and_o ignorance_n that_o cover_v the_o face_n of_o the_o earth_n this_o sun_n be_v place_v in_o the_o four_o point_n just_a in_o the_o middle_n of_o the_o seven_o to_o let_v we_o know_v that_o he_o be_v the_o centre_n of_o the_o church_n the_o sun_n which_o give_v light_n before_o and_o behind_o to_o the_o precede_a age_n and_o to_o those_o which_o follow_v he_o towards_o the_o end_n of_o the_o six_o period_n and_o throughout_o the_o seven_o he_o be_v a_o man_n to_o who_o god_n give_v dominion_n over_o the_o fowl_n of_o the_o air_n the_o fish_n of_o the_o sea_n and_o creep_a thing_n and_o fourfooted_a beast_n i._n e._n that_o christ_n in_o this_o last_o period_n shall_v be_v lord_n and_o king_n who_o shall_v rule_v over_o the_o bird_n tame_v the_o bold_a and_o most_o aspire_a spirit_n who_o mount_v even_o unto_o the_o heaven_n he_o shall_v humble_v they_o and_o keep_v they_o within_o the_o bound_n of_o their_o duty_n over_o the_o fish_n of_o the_o sea_n to_o deliver'em_v from_o their_o corruption_n over_o creep_v thing_n to_o destroy_v the_o influence_n of_o their_o poison_n over_o wild_a beast_n to_o tame_v their_o fierceness_n and_o render_v they_o meek_a as_o lamb_n in_o the_o first_o day_n jesus_n christ_n be_v figure_v but_o by_o a_o dim_a light_n because_o in_o the_o first_o period_n of_o the_o church_n he_o vouchsafe_v she_o but_o a_o very_a imperfect_a knowledge_n of_o himself_o this_o methinks_v be_v the_o mystery_n of_o the_o six_o day_n which_o way_n well_o serve_v as_o a_o favourable_a omen_n in_o reference_n to_o the_o seven_o day_n creation_n the_o mystery_n of_o the_o seven_o day_n of_o the_o creation_n because_o every_o thing_n therein_o seem_v to_o accord_v well_o what_o then_o be_v want_v to_o the_o world_n after_o the_o work_n of_o the_o six_o day_n to_o render_v it_o perfect_a holiness_n and_o rest_n and_o these_o be_v the_o two_o thing_n which_o god_n add_v on_o the_o seven_o day_n holiness_n for_o he_o sanctify_v the_o seven_o day_n and_o thereby_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o world._n rest_v for_o till_o then_o god_n have_v be_v at_o work_n and_o the_o world_n in_o motion_n now_o god_n give_v the_o world_n that_o rest_v which_o it_o want_v in_o that_o he_o himself_o rest_v on_o the_o seven_o day_n all_o this_o be_v a_o admirable_a emblem_n of_o our_o seven_o period_n for_o the_o sake_n whereof_o all_o this_o explication_n of_o the_o type_n of_o the_o world_n creation_n have_v be_v give_v during_o the_o six_o day_n god_n make_v the_o church_n to_o pass_v through_o several_a change_n he_o will_v bring_v it_o to_o perfection_n at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o six_o by_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o antichristian_a kingdom_n and_o by_o the_o conversion_n of_o all_o nation_n what_o then_o be_v want_v to_o it_o rest_v and_o holiness_n rest_v for_o hitherto_o she_o have_v always_o be_v in_o toil_n and_o travel_n holiness_n for_o she_o have_v always_o be_v imperfect_a we_o must_v therefore_o look_v for_o a_o seven_o period_n which_o shall_v be_v a_o kingdom_n of_o rest_n and_o holiness_n wherein_o the_o church_n shall_v no_o more_o be_v persecute_v either_o by_o fire_n and_o sword_n or_o by_o heresy_n and_o idolatry_n wherein_o also_o there_o shall_v be_v a_o plentiful_a effusion_n of_o the_o h._n spirit_n to_o produce_v a_o great_a degree_n of_o holiness_n and_o sanctification_n among_o man_n earth_n this_o mystery_n shall_v be_v accomplish_v upon_o earth_n we_o must_v not_o say_v that_o the_o accomplishment_n of_o this_o type_n will_v be_v find_v in_o heaven_n where_o be_v rest_n and_o holiness_n and_o that_o therein_o be_v the_o mystery_n of_o the_o seven_o day_n i_o say_v again_o that_o can_v be_v mean_v because_o this_o seven_o period_n must_v be_v of_o the_o same_o kind_a and_o order_n with_o the_o other_o six_o we_o even_o now_o observe_v that_o the_o sun_n be_v create_v on_o the_o four_o day_n there_o be_v three_o day_n before_o and_o three_o after_o exact_o in_o the_o middle_n of_o the_o seven_o to_o signify_v that_o christ_n the_o son_n of_o righteousness_n be_v the_o centre_n of_o the_o intelligible_a world._n if_o he_o be_v the_o centre_n of_o the_o seven_o period_n he_o must_v certain_o have_v a_o equal_a reference_n to_o all_o the_o point_n of_o that_o circumference_n now_o what_o relation_n can_v he_o have_v to_o the_o seven_o day_n if_o eternity_n be_v mean_v by_o it_o in_o that_o eternal_a abode_n christ_n shall_v have_v no_o more_o the_o relation_n of_o a_o centre_n a_o sun_n and_o a_o king._n for_o st._n paul_n tell_v we_o that_o then_o god_n shall_v be_v all_o in_o all_o and_o christ_n shall_v deliver_v up_o the_o kingdom_n again_o to_o his_o father_n moreover_o it_o be_v certain_a there_o ought_v to_o be_v a_o proportion_n between_o the_o seven_o period_n and_o the_o six_o foregoing_a one_o now_o there_o be_v none_o between_o eternity_n and_o the_o duration_n of_o the_o church_n upon_o earth_n and_o last_o i_o be_o bold_a to_o say_v that_o the_o ancient_a type_n be_v not_o establish_v by_o god_n immediate_o to_o figure_v heavenly_a thing_n but_o only_o the_o grace_n and_o favour_n of_o god_n in_o this_o world_n under_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o messiah_n you_o can_v show_v i_o any_o one_o of_o the_o ancient_a type_n which_o have_v a_o immediate_a relation_n to_o the_o glory_n of_o the_o heavenly_a paradise_n the_o marriage_n of_o adam_n and_o eve_n be_v the_o immediate_a type_n of_o the_o union_n between_o christ_n and_o his_o church_n in_o the_o kingdom_n of_o his_o grace_n it_o do_v only_o mediate_o typify_v their_o union_n in_o the_o kingdom_n of_o glory_n by_o consequence_n this_o seven_o day_n which_o all_o acknowledge_v to_o be_v typical_a must_v have_v its_o immediate_a relation_n not_o to_o the_o sabbath_n of_o the_o church_n in_o heaven_n but_o to_o its_o state_n of_o rest_n upon_o earth_n chap._n xxiii_o a_o far_a confirmation_n of_o the_o future_a prosperity_n of_o the_o church_n upon_o earth_n the_o 21_o and_o 22._o chap._n of_o the_o apocalypse_n interpret_v that_o in_o those_o chapter_n the_o church_n be_v describe_v as_o victorious_a upon_o earth_n and_o not_o as_o triumphant_a in_o heaven_n we_o may_v not_o pass_v from_o the_o apocalypse_v without_o say_v somewhat_o concern_v the_o last_o chapter_n if_o we_o need_v another_o head_n of_o argument_n to_o
prove_v our_o notion_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o christ_n for_o a_o thousand_o year_n and_o the_o triumphant_a state_n of_o the_o church_n upon_o earth_n before_o its_o final_a glorious_a triumph_n in_o heaven_n we_o may_v be_v furnish_v from_o these_o last_o chapter_n for_o they_o be_v not_o as_o be_v common_o suppose_v a_o description_n of_o the_o church_n in_o heaven_n apocalypse_n the_o prophecy_n of_o the_o nine_o last_o chapter_n of_o ezekiel_n be_v the_o same_o with_o that_o of_o the_o last_o chapt._n of_o the_o apocalypse_n they_o exact_o answer_v to_o the_o nine_o last_o chapter_n of_o the_o prophecy_n of_o ezekiel_n that_o prophet_n in_o those_o nine_o last_o chapter_n set_v forth_o in_o a_o figurative_a manner_n the_o condition_n of_o the_o church_n of_o israel_n after_o its_o restoration_n their_o glorious_a kingdom_n and_o the_o wonderful_a peace_n they_o shall_v enjoy_v after_o their_o return_n which_o return_n or_o recall_v be_v to_o be_v after_o the_o fall_n of_o antichrist_n st._n john_n give_v a_o account_n what_o the_o church_n shall_v be_v after_o with_o relation_n to_o that_o fall_n after_o it_o shall_v have_v be_v accomplish_v so_o that_o both_o these_o prophet_n describe_v the_o church_n as_o to_o the_o same_o period_n and_o the_o same_o condition_n this_o will_v easy_o appear_v if_o we_o brief_o run_v over_o that_o which_o remain_v of_o the_o apocalypse_n it_o can_v be_v question_v but_o that_o our_o prophet_n conclude_v the_o 20_o chapter_n with_o a_o description_n of_o the_o last_o day_n of_o judgement_n the_o war_n of_o gog_n and_o magog_n follow_v upon_o the_o reign_n of_o a_o thousand_o year_n to_o the_o revolt_n of_o gog_n and_o magog_n succeed_v their_o defeat_n after_o their_o defeat_n there_o be_v nothing_o but_o the_o last_o day_n which_o shall_v come_v and_o surprise_v the_o world_n in_o the_o twinkle_n of_o a_o eye_n this_o be_v signify_v by_o those_o word_n v._n 11._o 20._o chap._n 20._o then_o i_o see_v a_o great_a white_a throne_n and_o he_o that_o sit_v on_o it_o from_o who_o face_n the_o earth_n and_o heaven_n flee_v way_n and_o there_o be_v find_v no_o place_n for_o they_o white_a as_o well_o as_o purple_a be_v a_o royal_a colour_n and_o withal_o a_o priestly_a for_o the_o priest_n be_v clothe_v in_o white_a the_o holy_a priest_n garment_n on_o the_o day_n of_o expiation_n according_a to_o the_o tradition_n of_o the_o jew_n be_v call_v bigdei_n lavan_n white_a garment_n in_o like_a manner_n he_o that_o sit_v upon_o the_o throne_n be_v our_o king_n and_o priest_n the_o earth_n and_o the_o heaven_n flee_v from_o his_o face_n for_o they_o shall_v be_v burn_v that_o they_o may_v be_v renew_v v._o 12._o and_o i_o see_v the_o dead_a small_a and_o great_a stand_n before_o god_n etc._n etc._n it_o be_v a_o description_n of_o the_o last_o judgement_n to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o chapter_n all_o this_o be_v plain_a the_o 21._o 1._o v._o 1._o chapter_n begin_v with_o these_o word_n and_o i_o see_v a_o new_a heaven_n and_o a_o new_a earth_n for_o the_o first_o heaven_n and_o the_o first_o earth_n be_v pass_v away_o world_n the_o first_o vision_n of_o 21_o chapt._n to_o the_o 9th_o v._n respect_v that_o which_o follow_v the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n these_o word_n do_v evident_o allude_v to_o what_o he_o have_v say_v just_a before_o and_o the_o heaven_n and_o the_o earth_n flee_v away_o as_o that_o be_v interpret_v of_o what_o shall_v happen_v at_o the_o last_o day_n of_o judgement_n it_o be_v clear_a that_o these_o new_a heaven_n and_o this_o new_a earth_n must_v be_v understand_v in_o a_o literal_a and_o not_o a_o figurative_a sense_n for_o the_o new_a world_n after_o it_o have_v be_v refine_v by_o fire_n and_o so_o the_o description_n we_o read_v of_o here_o even_o to_o the_o nine_o verse_n be_v that_o of_o eternal_a reward_n and_o punishment_n it_o be_v true_a that_o which_o be_v speak_v of_o the_o h._n city_n 4._o v._o 3_o 4._o of_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n come_v down_o from_o heaven_n prepare_v as_o a_o bride_n adorn_v for_o her_o husband_n of_o the_o tabernacle_n of_o god_n with_o man_n of_o his_o dwell_n with_o they_o and_o they_o with_o he_o and_o that_o god_n shall_v wipe_v away_o all_o tear_n from_o their_o eye_n and_o that_o there_o shall_v be_v no_o more_o death_n or_o sorrow_n or_o cry_v or_o pain_n all_o this_o i_o say_v may_v very_o well_o be_v apply_v to_o the_o church_n as_o victorious_a upon_o earth_n but_o this_o description_n be_v determine_v by_o what_o precede_v and_o by_o what_o follow_v to_o eternal_a glory_n by_o that_o which_o precede_v which_o be_v the_o description_n of_o the_o last_o day_n of_o judgement_n and_o by_o that_o which_o follow_v which_o be_v the_o description_n of_o everlasting_a punishment_n but_o the_o fearful_a and_o unbelieving_a etc._n etc._n 8._o v._o 8._o shall_v have_v their_o part_n in_o the_o lake_n which_o burn_v with_o fire_n and_o brimstone_n which_o be_v the_o second_o death_n vision_n the_o 9th_o v._o begin_v a_o new_a vision_n the_o nine_o verse_n begin_v a_o new_a vision_n and_o a_o more_o particular_a description_n of_o the_o bless_a reign_n of_o christ_n upon_o earth_n in_o the_o same_o manner_n as_o the_o h._n spirit_n after_o he_o have_v in_o the_o 13_o chapter_n give_v a_o enigmatical_a and_o general_a description_n of_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n under_o the_o image_n of_o the_o two_o beast_n give_v a_o more_o ample_a account_n of_o it_o in_o the_o 17_o chapt._n so_o have_v in_o the_o 20_o chapt._n describe_v the_o reign_n of_o christ_n though_o in_o few_o word_n he_o set_v forth_o that_o reign_n more_o at_o length_n afterward_o that_o state_n of_o the_o deliver_v church_n under_o the_o image_n of_o a_o great_a city_n call_v jerusalem_n as_o after_o have_v set_v out_o the_o antichristian_a church_n under_o the_o image_n of_o a_o beast_n and_o of_o a_o empire_n he_o represent_v it_o under_o the_o emblem_n of_o a_o great_a city_n call_v babylon_n v._o 9_o and_o there_o come_v unto_o i_o one_o of_o the_o seven_o angel_n which_o have_v the_o seven_o viol_n full_a of_o the_o seven_o last_o plague_n and_o talk_v with_o i_o say_v come_v hither_o i_o will_v show_v thou_o the_o bride_n the_o lamb_n wife_n it_o be_v in_o all_o likelihood_n the_o last_o of_o those_o seven_o angel_n who_o have_v pour_v out_o the_o viol_n and_o the_o same_o who_o show_v unto_o the_o prophet_n the_o great_a city_n the_o mother_n of_o fornication_n 17.1_o cha._n 17.1_o then_o come_v one_o of_o the_o seven_o angel_n unto_o i_o which_o have_v the_o seven_o viol_n and_o talk_v with_o i_o say_v come_v hither_o i_o will_v show_v thou_o the_o judgement_n of_o the_o great_a whore_n that_o sit_v on_o many_o water_n as_o it_o be_v this_o seven_o and_o last_o angel_n who_o have_v the_o viol_n by_o who_o the_o ruin_n of_o antichrist_n be_v effect_v it_o do_v most_o proper_o belong_v to_o he_o to_o show_v babylon_n fall_v and_o jerusalem_n rebuilt_a v._o 10._o and_o he_o carry_v i_o away_o in_o the_o spirit_n to_o a_o great_a and_o high_a mountain_n and_o show_v i_o that_o great_a city_n the_o holy_a jerusalem_n descend_v out_o of_o heaven_n from_o god._n this_o be_v somewhat_o like_o what_o the_o devil_n do_v unto_o jesus_n christ_n when_o he_o carry_v he_o up_o into_o a_o high_a mountain_n and_o show_v he_o all_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o world_n what_o the_o devil_n make_v appear_v by_o illusion_n st._n john_n see_v by_o vision_n that_o he_o be_v carry_v or_o seem_v to_o be_v carry_v up_o into_o a_o high_a mountain_n make_v it_o plain_a that_o the_o jerusalem_n he_o be_v to_o be_v make_v see_v from_o thence_o be_v here_o upon_o earth_n and_o not_o the_o triumphant_a church_n in_o heaven_n though_o it_o be_v call_v the_o holy_a jerusalem_n descend_v out_o of_o heaven_n from_o god._n she_o shall_v be_v descend_v from_o heaven_n because_o she_o shall_v abound_v in_o grace_n which_o come_v from_o thence_o she_o be_v call_v the_o great_a city_n and_o it_o be_v the_o first_o time_n she_o be_v so_o call_v it_o be_v a_o detestable_a name_n which_o in_o all_o the_o precede_a prophecy_n be_v give_v only_o to_o spiritual_a babylon_n but_o it_o be_v on_o this_o account_n that_o then_o the_o church_n shall_v possess_v the_o multitude_n of_o the_o nation_n as_o antichristianism_n do_v at_o present_a v._o 11._o have_v the_o glory_n of_o god_n and_o her_o light_n wus_fw-mi like_o unto_o a_o stone_n most_o precious_a even_o like_o a_o jasper_n stone_n clear_a as_o crystal_n v._o 12._o and_o have_v a_o wall_n great_a and_o high_a and_o have_v twelve_o gate_n and_o at_o the_o gate_n twelve_o angel_n and_o name_n write_v thereon_o which_o be_v the_o name_n of_o the_o twelve_o tribe_n of_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n v._o 13._o
sense_n of_o this_o prophecy_n 1._o because_o that_o do_v not_o extend_v very_o far_o the_o number_n be_v not_o great_a of_o those_o who_o do_v partake_v of_o it_o 2._o that_o do_v not_o last_v but_o a_o little_a while_n for_o even_o before_o the_o death_n of_o the_o apostle_n the_o extraordinary_a gift_n of_o the_o spirit_n become_v rare_a so_o that_o what_o be_v then_o be_v proper_o but_o a_o presage_n and_o type_n of_o that_o large_a effusion_n of_o the_o spirit_n which_o shall_v be_v in_o the_o last_o period_n of_o the_o church_n not_o that_o all_o man_n shall_v then_o become_v prophet_n and_o be_v inspire_v but_o all_o shall_v be_v assist_v and_o lead_v by_o a_o extraordinary_a and_o all-powerfull_a influence_n of_o the_o h._n spirit_n holiness_n the_o second_o character_n great_a holiness_n 2._o from_o this_o first_o character_n will_v arise_v a_o second_o viz._n great_a holiness_n great_a in_o respect_n of_o the_o degree_n and_o of_o the_o extent_n of_o it_o in_o respect_n of_o degree_n for_o such_o as_o shall_v then_o be_v holy_a shall_v be_v incomparable_o more_o so_o than_o any_o be_v now_o who_o be_v repute_v such_o and_o as_o to_o the_o extent_n of_o it_o because_o the_o number_n of_o holy_a person_n shall_v be_v great_a nevertheless_o it_o be_v not_o to_o be_v understand_v as_o if_o man_n shall_v then_o be_v altogether_o without_o sin_n for_o they_o must_v die_v there_o must_v therefore_o be_v some_o remainder_n of_o sin_n even_o the_o holy_a apostle_n do_v not_o cease_v to_o be_v man_n by_o be_v saint_n the_o like_a shall_v be_v in_o reference_n to_o man_n in_o this_o last_o period_n neither_o be_v it_o to_o be_v hope_v that_o all_o man_n without_o exception_n shall_v then_o be_v holy_a but_o it_o be_v credible_a that_o the_o number_n of_o the_o good_a shall_v exceed_v that_o of_o the_o wicked_a as_o much_o as_o it_o be_v now_o inferior_a to_o it_o by_o good_a man_n i_o intend_v not_o those_o who_o be_v common_o call_v honest_a man_n of_o such_o there_o be_v yet_o a_o considerable_a number_n in_o the_o world_n but_o such_o as_o shall_v be_v distinguish_v by_o a_o extraordinary_a piety_n and_o holiness_n the_o number_n of_o such_o be_v now_o but_o very_o small_a but_o the_o great_a part_n of_o man_n shall_v then_o be_v so_o and_o for_o the_o man_n of_o another_o character_n they_o shall_v then_o be_v as_o rare_a as_o now_o they_o be_v common_a this_o great_a holiness_n of_o man_n in_o those_o day_n be_v abundant_o prove_v by_o the_o many_o prophecy_n already_o mention_v and_o which_o certain_o have_v not_o hitherto_o be_v fullfil_v doctrine_n the_o three_o character_n purity_n of_o worship_n &_o doctrine_n 3._o from_o thence_o follow_v a_o three_o character_n viz._n purity_n of_o worship_n and_o doctrine_n corruption_n in_o religion_n follow_v the_o corruption_n of_o manner_n god_n can_v permit_v that_o any_o church_n which_o be_v great_o corrupt_v in_o manner_n shall_v for_o any_o long_a time_n preserve_v purity_n of_o doctrine_n and_o worship_n and_o therefore_o we_o find_v in_o the_o papacy_n that_o natural_a conjunction_n of_o a_o great_a idolatry_n with_o a_o great_a corruption_n in_o manner_n so_o on_o the_o other_o hand_n god_n can_v suffer_v that_o a_o church_n that_o be_v eminent_a for_o holiness_n shall_v decline_v from_o the_o purity_n of_o religion_n wherefore_o we_o may_v be_v confident_a that_o the_o church_n in_o its_o last_o period_n shall_v not_o admit_v any_o alteration_n in_o the_o purity_n of_o its_o worship_n or_o of_o its_o doctrine_n or_o in_o any_o thing_n of_o its_o religion_n there_o shall_v no_o heresy_n be_v receive_v in_o that_o church_n and_o i_o be_o persuade_v that_o pelagianism_n which_o be_v now_o so_o common_a shall_v be_v quite_o extirpated_a for_o then_o all_o man_n shall_v be_v full_a of_o god_n and_o perceive_v and_o acknowledge_v he_o in_o every_o thing_n whereas_o the_o pelagian_o who_o prevail_v in_o so_o many_o place_n do_v not_o see_v and_o own_v he_o any_o where_o but_o make_v a_o god_n of_o man_n by_o make_v he_o independent_a these_o man_n be_v far_o enough_o from_o have_v a_o right_a idea_n of_o a_o be_v infinite_o perfect_a i_o dare_v say_v that_o god_n be_v not_o much_o in_o those_o man_n who_o feel_v and_o perceive_v so_o little_a of_o god._n peace_n 4._o character_n great_a peace_n 4._o the_o four_o character_n of_o this_o reign_n of_o christ_n be_v a_o sovereign_a peace_n this_o be_v plain_o reveal_v by_o many_o express_a prophecy_n that_o the_o wolf_n shall_v feed_v with_o the_o lamb_n and_o sword_n be_v turn_v into_o ploughshare_n and_o man_n shall_v not_o hurt_v or_o destroy_v one_o another_o the_o art_n of_o war_n which_o spring_v from_o hell_n shall_v return_v thither_o nothing_o but_o the_o corruption_n and_o wickedness_n of_o the_o world_n do_v now_o make_v it_o necessary_a the_o devil_n of_o covetousness_n and_o of_o ambition_n the_o spirit_n of_o revenge_n and_o the_o like_a shall_v return_v to_o the_o bottomless_a pit_n whence_o they_o come_v and_o it_o shall_v no_o more_o be_v a_o point_n of_o honour_n to_o know_v how_o to_o massacre_v mankind_n to_o storm_v town_n and_o gain_v battle_n and_o destroy_v country_n and_o cover_v the_o field_n with_o dead_a body_n humility_n 5._o character_n deep_a humility_n 5._o this_o shall_v be_v a_o kingdom_n of_o humility_n all_o those_o vain_a title_n which_o now_o serve_v for_o ornament_n and_o pride_n shall_v then_o be_v vanish_v brotherly_o love_n shall_v make_v all_o man_n equal_a not_o that_o all_o distinction_n and_o all_o dignity_n among_o man_n shall_v cease_v this_o kingdom_n be_v no_o anarchy_n there_o shall_v be_v some_o to_o govern_v and_o other_o to_o obey_v but_o government_n shall_v then_o be_v without_o pride_n and_o insolence_n without_o tyranny_n and_o without_o violence_n subject_n shall_v obey_v their_o ruler_n with_o a_o humble_a spirit_n and_o governor_n shall_v rule_v their_o subject_n with_o a_o spirit_n of_o meekness_n and_o gentleness_n arts._n 6._o character_n the_o abolish_n of_o unlawful_a &_o vain_a arts._n 6._o all_o those_o art_n which_o now_o serve_v the_o pride_n and_o vanity_n of_o mankind_n shall_v then_o be_v abolish_v it_o be_v a_o mysterious_a and_o deep_a design_n of_o god_n that_o his_o providence_n permit_v the_o reign_n of_o vanity_n in_o the_o place_n of_o charity_n which_o be_v retire_v and_o go_v what_o a_o multitude_n of_o people_n be_v maintain_v by_o this_o reign_n of_o vanity_n for_o how_o can_v the_o poor_a subsist_v without_o the_o vanity_n of_o the_o rich_a who_o will_v have_v stately_a house_n gawdy_a furniture_n pompous_a garment_n of_o gold_n silk_n point_n lace_n and_o fan●●_n delicious_o and_o keep_v many_o attendant_n and_o domestic_a servant_n by_o all_o these_o do_v subsist_v that_o great_a company_n of_o artificer_n goldsmith_n painter_n and_o those_o that_o work_n in_o tapestry_n in_o stuff_n of_o wool_n gold_n and_o silk_n cook_n pastry-man_n architect_n tailor_n and_o such_o as_o make_v point_n and_o lace_n etc._n etc._n these_o comprehend_v above_o three_o quarter_n of_o the_o world_n and_o all_o these_o must_v die_v of_o hunger_n if_o the_o several_a branch_n of_o humane_a vanity_n be_v not_o as_o so_o many_o secret_a and_o underground_o channel_n whereby_o divine_a providence_n distribute_v food_n and_o nourishment_n to_o so_o many_o person_n they_o therefore_o who_o will_v cut_v off_o all_o this_o vanity_n before_o the_o season_n of_o return_v charity_n do_v confound_v the_o time_n and_o character_n of_o the_o different_a period_n of_o the_o church_n these_o be_v the_o vanity_n of_o the_o world_n and_o while_o the_o world_n reign_v they_o must_v have_v their_o course_n but_o it_o be_v certain_a withal_o that_o assoon_o as_o the_o reign_n of_o charity_n shall_v return_v all_o these_o shall_v be_v quite_o banish_v charity_n 7._o character_n the_o return_n of_o charity_n 7._o and_o this_o be_v the_o seven_o character_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o christ_n on_o earth_n that_o fervent_a charity_n shall_v be_v restore_v and_o supply_v all_o the_o necessity_n of_o inferior_a person_n by_o this_o a_o thousand_o channel_n shall_v be_v open_v for_o the_o relief_n of_o the_o poor_a like_o those_o of_o vanity_n and_o they_o who_o now_o live_v upon_o the_o vanity_n of_o worldly_a man_n shall_v then_o live_v upon_o the_o charity_n of_o the_o saint_n inferior_n be_v now_o vain_a and_o proud_a as_o well_o as_o superior_n they_o learn_v and_o derive_v their_o vanity_n from_o that_o of_o those_o above_o they_o and_o as_o diogenes_n trample_v under_o his_o foot_n the_o householdstuff_n and_o pride_n of_o plato_n with_o a_o great_a pride_n and_o he_o so_o oftentimes_o the_o pride_n and_o vanity_n of_o those_o who_o grow_v rich_a by_o the_o vanity_n of_o other_o be_v great_a than_o that_o of_o the_o rich_a themselves_o it_o shall_v not_o then_o be_v thus_o every_o man_n shall_v
not_o contemporary_a with_o they_o the_o seven_o seal_n carry_v the_o prophecy_n almost_o as_o far_o as_o the_o fall_n of_o paganism_n unto_o constantine_n the_o first_o christian_a emperor_n the_o seven_o trumpet_n divide_v the_o rest_n of_o the_o time_n between_o constantine_n and_o his_o christian_a successor_n to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world._n and_o the_o seven_o trumpet_n that_o sound_v here_o be_v the_o begin_n of_o the_o last_o period_n which_o comprehend_v the_o fall_n of_o the_o empire_n of_o the_o world_n and_o particular_o that_o of_o the_o antichristian_a kingdom_n or_o the_o papacy_n the_o seven_o angel_n sound_v and_o there_o be_v great_a voice_n these_o be_v voice_n of_o acclamation_n and_o joy_n that_o thunder_n and_o lightning_n be_v join_v to_o those_o voice_n signify_v the_o preach_n of_o the_o gospel_n and_o the_o four_o and_o twenty_o elder_n who_o sit_v before_o god_n on_o their_o seat_n fall_v upon_o their_o face_n and_o worship_v god_n say_v we_o give_v thou_o thanks_o o_o lord_n god_n almighty_a etc._n etc._n it_o be_v the_o song_n and_o subject_a matter_n of_o thanksgiving_n wherewith_o the_o holy_a people_n shall_v praise_v god_n during_o the_o reign_n of_o a_o thousand_o year_n when_o god_n shall_v have_v subdue_v all_o their_o enemy_n observe_v here_o that_o the_o four_o and_o twenty_o elder_n appear_v alone_o and_o begin_v the_o song_n whereas_o in_o the_o first_o vision_n the_o live_a creature_n begin_v the_o song_n and_o the_o elder_n follow_v follow_v they_o it_o be_v not_o to_o exclude_v the_o live_a creature_n and_o the_o ministry_n in_o the_o last_o period_n of_o the_o church_n but_o to_o signify_v that_o then_o the_o people_n shall_v be_v so_o fill_v with_o the_o divine_a spirit_n that_o they_o shall_v not_o need_v to_o wait_v the_o inspiration_n and_o assistance_n of_o the_o holy_a ministry_n to_o engage_v they_o to_o praise_n god_n and_o perform_v holy_a duty_n the_o nation_n be_v angry_a and_o thy_o wrath_n in_o come_v i._n e._n the_o nation_n of_o the_o antichristian_a people_n have_v execute_v their_o malice_n and_o fury_n and_o thou_o have_v avenge_v it_o by_o destroy_v their_o empire_n and_o the_o time_n of_o the_o dead_a that_o they_o shall_v be_v judge_v and_o that_o thou_o shall_v give_v reward_n unto_o thy_o servant_n the_o prophet_n and_o to_o the_o saint_n and_o they_o that_o fear_v thy_o name_n small_a and_o great_a this_o do_v not_o signify_v the_o last_o judgement_n or_o the_o last_o resurrection_n it_o be_v the_o first_o resurrection_n the_o deliverance_n of_o the_o church_n her_o come_n to_o the_o expect_a kingdom_n this_o be_v set_v forth_o after_o the_o same_o manner_n in_o the_o 20_o chapter_n of_o the_o apocalypse_v as_o have_v be_v already_o see_v the_o time_n of_o the_o dead_a to_o be_v judge_v he_o say_v not_o the_o live_n and_o the_o dead_a or_o all_o the_o dead_a but_o speak_v of_o the_o church_n which_o lie_v as_o dead_a during_o the_o reign_n of_o antichrist_n and_o shall_v rise_v again_o when_o that_o kingdom_n be_v destroy_v the_o dead_a shall_v be_v judge_v and_o how_o it_o be_v god_n will_v reward_v the_o faithful_a and_o the_o church_n by_o give_v they_o peace_n and_o a_o kingdom_n it_o be_v a_o judgement_n of_o grace_n and_o of_o beneficence_n he_o speak_v not_o of_o eternal_a reward_n as_o appear_v by_o what_o follow_v and_o to_o destroy_v those_o who_o destroy_v the_o earth_n which_o be_v not_o a_o proper_a term_n to_o signify_v eternal_a punishment_n wherein_o nothing_o be_v destroy_v man_n continue_v under_o they_o for_o ever_o so_o that_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o antichristian_a empire_n must_v be_v here_o mean_v v._o 19_o 11._o chap._n 11._o and_o the_o temple_n of_o god_n be_v open_v in_o heaven_n and_o there_o be_v see_v in_o his_o temple_n the_o ark_n of_o his_o testament_n the_o ark_n be_v the_o sign_n of_o god_n covenant_n with_o the_o jew_n so_o this_o prophecy_n of_o the_o ark_n in_o the_o temple_n of_o god_n signify_v the_o recall_v of_o the_o jew_n the_o temple_n of_o god_n be_v open_a the_o church_n shall_v be_v open_a to_o all_o nation_n all_o people_n shall_v resort_v to_o it_o and_o among_o other_o we_o shall_v see_v that_o people_n who_o derive_v their_o glory_n from_o the_o ark_n of_o the_o covenant_n chap._n xxiv_o the_o character_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o church_n eight_o be_v certain_a and_o five_o doubtful_a what_o shall_v happen_v after_o this_o kingdom_n what_o be_v mean_v by_o gog_n and_o magog_n there_o shall_v probable_o be_v a_o lesser_a kind_n of_o antichrist_n a_o little_a before_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world._n have_v confirm_v the_o truth_n of_o this_o reign_n of_o christ_n upon_o earth_n we_o ought_v now_o to_o consider_v the_o nature_n and_o character_n of_o it_o they_o may_v be_v divide_v into_o two_o class_n some_o that_o be_v doubtful_a and_o other_o certain_a it_o be_v fit_a that_o we_o begin_v with_o the_o certain_a we_o be_v not_o to_o reckon_v among_o the_o character_n of_o this_o reign_n either_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o babylonish_n empire_n or_o the_o conversion_n of_o the_o jew_n or_o the_o conversion_n of_o the_o remain_a gentile_n for_o these_o three_o thing_n be_v to_o go_v before_o it_o they_o can_v never_o be_v bring_v about_o but_o with_o confusion_n and_o tumult_n the_o popish_a empire_n can_v fall_v but_o it_o must_v cost_v blood_n and_o make_v a_o mighty_a noise_n the_o conversion_n of_o the_o jew_n must_v needs_o be_v attend_v with_o great_a commotion_n among_o the_o people_n and_o it_o may_v be_v violent_a contradiction_n it_o be_v likewise_o impossible_a to_o conceive_v that_o the_o conversion_n of_o the_o gentile_n can_v be_v bring_v about_o without_o the_o utmost_a endeavour_n of_o the_o devil_n to_o hinder_v it_o he_o will_v raise_v all_o his_o force_n every_o where_o to_o hinder_v the_o last_o establishment_n of_o this_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n as_o he_o do_v in_o the_o first_o age_n of_o the_o christian_a church_n so_o that_o we_o can_v doubt_v but_o he_o will_v cause_v great_a opposition_n not_o only_o by_o word_n but_o it_o may_v be_v blow_n now_o this_o can_v belong_v to_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n whereof_o the_o principal_a character_n be_v sovereign_a peace_n insomuch_o that_o we_o thus_o conceive_v of_o it_o 1._o the_o papal_a empire_n shall_v fall_v 2._o after_o that_o some_o year_n will_v be_v necessary_a to_o abolish_v sect_n and_o party_n and_o compose_v the_o difference_n among_o christian_n 3._o that_o after_o this_o many_o heathen_a nation_n and_o the_o jew_n shall_v be_v convert_v for_o it_o can_v be_v think_v that_o they_o shall_v be_v convert_v while_o christian_n be_v so_o much_o at_o variance_n among_o themselves_o and_o seek_v the_o destruction_n of_o one_o another_o 4._o after_o the_o conversion_n of_o the_o jew_n the_o remainder_n of_o the_o most_o remote_a nation_n shall_v also_o be_v convert_v now_o for_o all_o this_o there_o must_v be_v time_n for_o shall_v we_o think_v that_o god_n will_v act_v in_o a_o more_o miraculous_a manner_n in_o this_o than_o in_o the_o establishment_n of_o the_o first_o christian_a church_n wherefore_o as_o the_o christian_a church_n be_v near_o a_o hundred_o year_n in_o its_o first_o settle_v no_o less_o will_v be_v necessary_a perfect_o to_o resettle_v it_o and_o then_o shall_v that_o bless_a kingdom_n come_v which_o we_o expect_v not_o but_o that_o there_o be_v some_o probability_n that_o god_n may_v begin_v to_o compute_v the_o thousand_o year_n from_o the_o fall_n of_o antichrist_n even_o before_o the_o conversion_n of_o the_o jew_n and_o gentile_n and_o so_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o antichristian_a kingdom_n and_o the_o conversion_n of_o the_o nation_n may_v in_o some_o sort_n be_v comprehend_v within_o the_o reign_n of_o christ_n for_o a_o thousand_o year_n but_o when_o we_o speak_v here_o of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n we_o speak_v of_o it_o as_o in_o its_o perfection_n which_o will_v not_o be_v till_o after_o these_o thing_n be_v come_v to_o pass_v 29._o a_o extraordinary_a effusion_n of_o the_o spirit_n the_o first_o certain_a character_n chap._n 2.28_o 29._o the_o first_o certain_a character_n of_o this_o reign_n of_o christ_n be_v the_o plentiful_a effusion_n of_o the_o spirit_n of_o god_n upon_o man_n the_o prophecy_n of_o joel_n to_o this_o purpose_n be_v one_o of_o those_o which_o be_v but_o in_o part_n accomplish_v hitherto_o i_o will_v pour_v out_o my_o spirit_n upon_o all_o flesh_n and_o your_o son_n and_o your_o daughter_n shall_v prophesy_v your_o old_a man_n shall_v dream_v dream_n and_o your_o young_a man_n see_v vision_n also_o on_o the_o servant_n and_o the_o handmaid_n in_o those_o day_n will_v i_o pour_v out_o my_o spirit_n that_o lesser_a effusion_n of_o the_o spirit_n which_o the_o first_o christian_n experience_v be_v not_o enough_o to_o fill_v up_o the_o